Skip to main content

Full text of "School catalog, 1980-1981"

See other formats 


PHILADELPHIA  COLLEGE  OF  ART     1980-1981 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2010  with  funding  from 

Lyrasis  IVIembers  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://www.archive.org/details/schoolcatalog198081phil 


CONTENTS 


2  President's  Message 

3  Campus 

5  PCA  Profile 

6  Calendar 

1 1  Educational  Programs 

1 2  General  Program  Requirements 

13  Foundation:  The  First  Year 

14  Liberal  Arts 

21  General  Studies 

22  Art  Therapy  Concentration 

23  Degree  Programs 

23     Education 

Teacher  Certification 

Master  of  Arts  in  Art  Education 
27    Craft 

Ceramics 

Fibres 

Metals 

Wood 
32     Environmental  Design 
35    Graphic  Design 
37     Illustration 
40     Industrial  Design 
43    Painting  and  Drawing 
46    Photography/Film 
50     Printmaking 
53    Sculpture 

56  Part-time  Study 

57  Admissions 

62  Tuition  and  Expenses 

63  Student  Portfolio 

79    Student  Services 

Housing 

Health  Service 

Career  Development  and  Placement 

Financial  Aid 


The  cover  design  depicts  the  diverse 
media  students  work  with  at  the 
Philadelphia  College  of  Art.  From  left 
to  right  the  clay,  wood,  etching  plate, 
canvas,  paper,  film,  metal,  type,  fabric, 
plastic,  marble  and  blueprint  represent 
the  various  pursuits  at  the  College. 


85  Academic  Regulations 

SB  Curricular  Requirements 

91  Administration 

92  Faculty 
95  Index 

97  Application  Forms 


PRESIDENT'S  MESSAGE 


Imagine  a  world  without  art  and  design.  It  would  be  cold,  colorless, 
and  dreary.  Every  facet  of  our  lives  is  touched  by  the  hand  of  the  artist 
and  designer  —  our  paintings  and  sculpture,  furniture,  street  signs, 
cars  and  planes,  buildings,  packages,  books,  and  toys.  Think  of  any 
man-made  object,  one  of  a  kind  or  mass  produced,  and  most  likely  it 
has  been  marked  by  an  artist.  In  a  complex  and  confusing  envirorunent, 
artists  and  designers  bring  clarity  and  beauty;  they  shape  our  world 
and  touch  our  souls.  Their  contribution  to  our  lives  is  inestimable. 

The  Philadelphia  College  of  Art,  one  of  the  oldest  and  best-known 
private  art  colleges  in  the  nation,  is  dedicated  to  educating  and  train- 
ing professional  artists  and  designers.  It  recognizes  the  special  needs 
of  artists  and  designers  by  providing  them  with  an  incredible  myriad  of 
resources:  spacious  studios  with  twenty-foui-hour  access,  advanced 
technical  equipment,  a  rich  liberal  arts  curriculum,  and  a  faculty  of 
practicing  professionals  who  are  as  interested  in  the  student  artist  as 
they  are  in  his  or  her  art. 

One  resource  that  PCA  provides  free  is  the  city  of  Philadelphia  itself. 
If  you  know  Philadelphia  only  as  the  cradle  of  American  liberty,  you  are 
in  for  a  surprise,  for  the  city  is  undergoing  a  cultural  renaissance  that  is 
as  exciting  to  the  hrst-time  visitor  as  it  is  to  longtime  residents.  This 
metropolis  is  a  kaleidoscope  of  lively  places  and  events  —  a  new 
restaurant  cuisine  touted  by  journalists  in  other  cities;  heartstopping 
architecture;  a  reclaimed  waterfront;  a  profusion  of  galleries,  museums, 
and  private  collections;  the  Schuylkill  (the  natives  say  Skew-kill),  a 
river  for  rowers  that  serpentines  through  the  center  of  town;  funky 
South  Street  crammed  with  boutiques  and  the  Rocky  Horror  Picture 
Show;  and  acres  and  acres  of  green  parks  —  more  than  any  other  city 
in  the  USA.  The  best  feature  of  all  is  that  they  are  just  a  walk  away 
from  PCA. 

Should  you  come  to  PCA'  Yes,  if  you  want  a  well-structured  curricu- 
lum that  encourages  creativity;  yes,  if  you  want  to  make  art;  yes,  if  you 
want  a  high  degree  of  intensity  and  involvement  with  other  students 
and  committed,  caring  professors  and  staff;  and  yes,  if  you  want  to  live 
in  a  dynamic,  changing  city.  PCA  can  cultivate  your  talent  and  extend 
your  vision.  Come  visit  us  soon.  We  welcome  you. 


Thomas  F.  Schutte 
President 


Boston     I  hi.  by  plane 


Chicago 

2  hrs.  by  plane 


Philadelphia  -  PCA 


Atlanta     2  V2  his.  by  plane 


The  Philadelphia  College  of  Art  Campus  ( 1 )  Anderson  Hall  (2)  ARCO  Park  (3)  Haviland  Building  (4)  College  Housing  (5)  MerrUl  Building 


v^ 


43 


44 


N- 


1 

Pennsylvania  Ballet  Company 

14 

YMCA 

28 

Head  House  Square 

42 

Zellerbach  Theatre 

2 

Shubert  Theatre 

15 

Curtis  Institute  of  Music 

29 

Ritz  Theatre 

43 

Sports  events  at  Veterans'  Stadium 

3 

Academy  of  Music 

16 

Rittenhouse  Square 

30 

Penn's  Landing 

44 

Concerts  at  the  Spectrum 

4 

New  Locust  Theatre 

17 

Art  Alliance 

31 

Franklin  Square 

45 

Italian  Market 

5 

Philadelphia  Opera  Company 

18 

Walnut  Street  Theatre 

32 

Independence  Hall 

46 

Market  Street 

6 

Print  Club 

19 

Aire- American  Museum 

33 

Washington  Square 

47 

Broad  Street 

7 

Philadelphia  Dance  Alliance 

20 

Chinatown 

34 

Jewish  Museum 

48 

Delaware  Avenue 

8 

YMHA 

21 

Logan  Circle 

35 

Rodin  Museum 

49 

Delaware  River 

9 

Antique  Row 

22 

Free  Library 

36 

Fairmount  Park 

50 

Vine  Street 

10 

Forrest  Theatre 

23 

Franklin  Institute 

37 

Philadelphia  Art  Museum 

51 

Schuylkill  River 

U 

Reading  Terminal  Market 

24 

Moore  College  Gallery 

38 

University  of  Pennsylvania 

52 

Schuylkill  Expressway 

12 

City  Hall 

25 

Academy  of  Natural  Sciences 

39 

Institute  of  Contemporary  Art 

53 

Philadelphia  Zoo 

13 

Pennsylvania  Academy  of  the 

26 

Rosenbach  Foundation 

40 

University  Museum 

Fine  Arts 

27 

Theatre  of  the  Living  Arts 

41 

Museum  of  Phila.  Civic  Center 

THE  CAMPUS 


PCA  PROFILE 


Philadelphia 

A  major  facet  of  the  Philadelphia 
College  of  Art's  personality  is  its 
location  in  the  heart  of  downtown 
Philadelphia,  the  fourth -largest  city  in 
the  United  States.  Within  easy  walking 
distance  of  the  College  are  an  exciting 
array  of  galleries,  museums,  restau- 
rants, libraries,  open-air  markets,  and 
theatres  that  offer  the  best  in  ballet, 
opera,  film,  drama,  and  orchestral 
performances.  For  quiet  hours,  the 
city's  tree-lined  streets,  pocket  parks, 
and  Fairmount  Park,  the  largest 
municipal  park  in  the  world,  all 
become  an  extension  of  the  College's 
center  dty  campus. 

Boasting  a  long  tradition  of  respect 
for  the  visual  arts,  Philadelphia  is  the 
home  of  the  first  museum  and  art 
school  in  the  country.  Among  the  list 
of  distinguished  irmovators  who  have 
lived  and  worked  in  Philadelphia  are 
the  Calders,  Thomas  Eakins,  and 
Louis  Kahn. 


1406  Spruce  Street  vrill  house,  for  the 
first  time,  upperclass  students  while 
remaining  the  offices  for  a  nonprofit 
organization  with  on-site  printmaking. 

ARCO  Park  and  Sculpture  Garden, 

a  bridge  between  the  historic  Haviland 
Building  and  Anderson  Hall,  is  a  vest- 
pocket  park  with  huge  outdoor  murals, 
both  designed  by  the  internationally 
known  Bauhaus  artist  Herbert  Bayer. 
Here,  students  can  relax  on  grass  and 
benches,  take  lunch,  and  play  Frisbee. 


The  Broad  and  Pine  Complex  consists 
of  the  Greek-pillared  Haviland  Building 
and  its  two  red -brick  wings  designed 
by  the  noted  architect  Frank  Furness. 
The  Furness  structure,  home  of  the 
Ceramics  and  Sculpture  Departments, 
will  soon  become  a  new  dormitory. 
Behind  Haviland  is  a  courtyard  that  is 
a  green  oasis  for  students  and  also  the 
longtime  home  of  a  family  of  white 
ducks. 

The  Merrill  Building  is  owned  by  the 
College  and  currently  leased  to  The 
Philadelphia  Company,  a  regional 
theatre  group. 

The  Student  Residence  at  15th  and 
Spruce  Streets,  once  the  hne  old 
Bellerich  Hotel,  has  a  stately  air  with 
its  marbled  lobby  and  old-fashioned 
elevators.  The  residence  has  six  apart- 
ments on  each  of  its  fourteen  floors, 
housing  approximately  160  students. 

Anderson  HalL  a  twenty-one-story 
skyscraper  with  light-filled  studios  and 
classrooms,  is  the  heart  of  PCA.  It  con- 
tains seven  of  the  nine  major  studio 
departments,  all  the  administrative 
offices,  the  new  cafeteria  and  com- 
mons, library,  slide  library.  College 
store,  and  the  Gallery. 


Accreditation:  The  Philadelphia 
College  of  Art  is  accredited  by  the 
Middle  States  Association  of  Colleges 
and  Schools,  the  Commonwealth  of 
Permsylvania,  and  National  Associa- 
tion of  Schools  of  Art. 

History:  PCA,  one  of  the  oldest  art 
colleges  in  the  nation  and  a  pioneer  in 
industrial  design,  was  established  in 
1876  when  interest  in  art  and  art  edu- 
cation was  stimulated  by  the 
Centennial  Exposition  of  that  year. 
The  school  has  undergone  a  number  of 
name  changes  and  physical  dislo- 
cations, but  in  1964  it  separated  from 
the  Philadelphia  Museum  of  Art  and 
took  its  present  name.  The  College  has 
expanded  from  its  historic  site  at  Broad 
and  Pine  to  include  the  twenty-one- 
story  Anderson  Hall  building  and 
renovations  throughout  the  campus 
continue  to  create  more  functional  and 
exciting  spaces. 

Student  Body:  About  1200  full  time, 
half  of  whom  are  over  2 1 ,  representing 
over  33  states  and  22  foreign  coun- 
tries; approximately  as  many 
part-time  students. 

Student-Faculty  Ratio:  111 

Ownership:  Private 

Campus:  Four  square  blocks  in  Center 
City,  Philadelphia,  next  door  neighbors 
are  the  Philadelphia  Orchestra, 
Academy  of  Music,  Shubert  Theatre, 
and  the  Philadelphia  College  of  the 
Performing  Arts. 

Undergraduate  Degrees  Offered: 

Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  in  Craft,  Graphic 
Design,  niustration,  Painting  and 
Drawing,  Photography  and  Film, 
Printmaking  and  Sculpture. 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Environmental 
Design  and  Industrial  Design. 


The  Pennsylvania  Instructional  I  Cer- 
tificate for  teachers  can  be  earned  in 
conjunction  with  a  B.F.A.  and  B.S. 
A  B.F.A.  and  B.S.  can  be  earned  with  a 

concentration  in  Art  Therapy. 

Graduate  Degrees  Offered:  Master 

of  Arts  in  Art  Education 

Facilities:  Instructional:  a  complete 
bronze-casting  foundry;  welding  shops; 
facilities  for  working  in  plaster, 
plastics,  wood,  stone  and  terra  cotta, 
glass,  ceramics,  metals,  fibres; 
photographic  processing  equipment 
and  darkrooms,  and  other  specialized 
equipment  requisite  to  departmental 
offerings;  individual  studios  for 
painters,  individual  enlargers  for 
photography  students,  individual 
benches  for  crafts  students. 
Library:  45,000  volumes;  subscriptions 
to  270  periodicals;  collection  of  back 
issues  in  bound  volumes,  microfilm  or 
boxed  files;  1000  circulating  records 
and  audio  tapes;  over  100,000  in- 
dexed pictures  and  pamphlets;  more 
than  300  mounted  posters. 
Slide  Library:  over  140,000  slides  and 
more  than  800  feature  and  short  films; 
slides  may  be  reserved  and  viewed  in 
an  adjacent  projection  facility. 
College  Store:  sells  required  textbooks 
and  art  materials,  trade  books,  records, 
gift  items,  museum  cards,  and  prints; 
students  may  arrange  charge  accounts. 
The  Gallery:  attracts  45,000  people 
annually;  features  nationally  known 
contemporary  artists;  sponsors  films, 
performances,  lectures,  and  symposia; 
students  are  invited  to  all  openings 
and  events  which  are  frequently 
attended  by  the  exhibiting  artists. 


1980-81  ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 
FIRST  SEMESTER     Thuisday,  September  4-FridaY.  December  19     15  weeks 


1980-81  ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 

SECOND  SEMESTER     Monday,  January  19-Friday,  May  15     16  weeks 


Student  residence  opens 

Labor  Day  -  Holiday 

Orientation  and  registration 

Orientation  •  new  students 

Foundation  Program  student 

registration 

Readmitted  and  new  upperclass 

transfer  students'  registration 

New  graduate  students 

Classes  begin 

Late  registration  {5  days) 

Drop/add  period  (1  week) 

Last  day  for  removal  of  incomplete 
grades  received  in  the  1980  spring 
semester  and  withdrawal  from  class 
with  a  "W"  notation 

Advising  period  for  advance 
registration 

Advance  registration  for  1981 
spring  semester 


Saturday,  August  30 

Monday,  September  1 

Tuesday,  Wednesday,  September  2,  3 

Tuesday,  Wednesday,  September  2,  3 

Tuesday,  September  2,  1  p.m. -5  p.m. 

Tuesday,  September  2, 9:30  a.m.- II  :30  a.m. 

Wednesday,  September  3,  3:30  p.m.-5:00  p.i 

Thursday,  September  4 

Thursday,  September  4  —  Wednesday, 

September  10 

Thursday,  September  4  —  Wednesday, 

September  10 


Careers  in  Art/Portfolio  Day 
Thanksgiving  vacation  —  (student 
residence  remains  open) 
Deadline  for  filing  petition  for 
graduation  in  January 
Evaluation/examination  week 

Final  semester  grades  due  from 

faculty 

Student  residence  closes  for 

mid-year  intermission 

Mid-year  intermission 


Wednesday,  October  15 


Monday,  November  3  — Thursday, 
November  13 

Thursday,  November  13  -  graduate  students 
Friday,  November  14  -  seniors 
Monday,  November  17  -  juniors 
Tuesday,  November  18  -  sophomores 
Thursday,  November  20  *  freshmen 
Saturday,  November  8 

Thursday,  Friday,  November  27,  28 

Monday,  December  1 

Monday,  December  15  —  Friday, 

December  19 

Friday,  December  19 

Saturday,  December  20 

Monday,  December  22  —  Friday,  January  16 


New  and  readmitted  students' 

registration 

Student  residence  opens 

Classes  begin 

Late  registration  (5  days) 

Drop/add  period  {1  week) 

Financial  aid  application  period 

for  1981-82  (enrolled  and  former 

students) 

Last  day  for  removal  of  incomplete 

grades  received  in  1980  fall 

semester  and  withdrawal  from  class 

with  "W" 

Deadline  for  filing  petition  for 

graduation  in  June 

Last  day  for  tiling  for  financial  aid 

for  1981-82 

Student  residence  closes 

Spring  vacation 

Student  residence  opens 

Classes  resume 

Freshman  major  orientation 

Open  house 

Advising  period  -  advance 

registration 

Advance  registration  -  fall  1981 

All  students 

Classes  end 

Study  period  and  liberal  arts  exams 

Studio  class  evaluation  week 

Final  grades  due  from  faculty 

Student  residence  closes  for  all 

students  except  seniors 

Studios  and  workshops  open  for 

completion  of  projects 

Commencement 


Wednesday,  January  14 

Sunday,  January  18 

Monday,  January  19 

Monday,  January  19— Friday,  January  23 

Monday,  January  19 — Friday,  January  23 

Monday,  February  2 — Tuesday,  March  31 


Friday,  February  27 

Friday,  March  20 

Tuesday,  March  3 1 

Saturday,  March  14 

Monday,  March  16 — Friday,  March  20 

Sunday,  March  22 

Monday,  March  23 

Monday,  March  30 — Friday,  April  3 

Saturday,  April  1 1 

Monday,  April  6 — Thursday,  April  16 

Friday,  AprU  17 

Friday,  May  1 

Monday,  May  4 — Friday,  May  8 

Monday,  May  1 1  — Friday,  May  1 5 

Friday,  May  15 

Saturday,  May  16 

Monday,  May  18 — Thursday,  May  2 1 
Friday,  May  22 


CITY  AND  CAMPUS  VIEWS 


Ben  Franklin  Parkway 


Anderson  Hall 


Commons  —  dining  area 


Commencement  at  the  Academy  of  Music 


Famous  Philadelphia  Italian  Market 

10 


EDUCATIONAL  PROGRAMS 


He  is  the  greatest  artist  who  has  embodied,  in  the  sum  of  his  works, 
the  greatest  number  of  the  greatest  ideas.  —  John  Ruskin 


PCA  is  a  comprehensive  college  of  art  offering  a  carefully  structured 
program  in  the  study  of  art  and  design.  The  College  maintains 
demanding  standards  and  encourages  students  to  develop  innovative 
approaches  to  their  work. 

Students  spend  the  freshman  year  in  the  Foundation  Program,  a  core 
curriculum  of  studies  in  drawing  and  two-  and  three-dimensional  design 
supplemented  by  electives  and  liberal  arts  courses.  The  core  curriculum 
introduces  basic  processes  and  concepts  and  provides  technical 
information  to  develop  visual  awareness.  Problems  are  presented  to 
stretch  the  imagination  and  refine  drawing  abilities.  The  elective 
courses  in  selected  major  studio  programs  give  students  an  opportunity 
to  explore  areas  of  interest  preparatory  to  electing  a  major. 

In  the  sophomore  year  students  choose  a  major  from  one  of  the  nine 
studio  departments:  Craft  (which  includes  Ceramics,  Fibres,  Metals,  and 
Wood),  Environmental  Design,  Graphic  Design,  Dlustration,  Industrial 
Design,  Painting  and  Drawing,  Photography  and  Film,  Printmaking,  and 
Sculpture.  Each  department  is  unique,  with  its  own  curriculum  and 
structure.  Students  are  also  required  to  take  courses  in  studio  areas 
outside  their  specialization,  providing  exposure  to  other  artistic 
disciplines  and  opening  up  alternative  career  possibilities.  Faculty 
advisors  and  the  generous  student-to-faculty  ratio  (1 1  to  I)  assure  close 
individual  attention  and  assistance  throughout  a  course  of  study.  At 
graduation,  students  are  awarded  a  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Environ- 
mental Design  or  Industrial  Design  and  a  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  in  one 
of  the  other  seven  studios. 

Classes  are  small  and  casual.  One  of  the  major  teaching  modes  is  the 
critique  or  "crit,"  a  critical  evaluation  of  student  work  by  the  instructor. 
These  "crits"  are  usually  informal  and  are  given  as  often  as  every  week 
to  the  class  or  individual;  they  are  an  invaluable  tool  for  checking  one's 
progress. 

One- third  of  PCA's  curriculum  is  devoted  to  liberal  arts  courses  such 
as  psychology,  art  history,  literature,  and  philosophy.  The  College  has 
made  a  commitment  to  a  strong  liberal  arts  program  because  it  is 
convinced  that  the  educated  artist  is  the  better  artist.  Ideas  that  are  the 
core  of  liberal  arts  courses  often  generate  concepts  that  are  translated 
into  new  visual  forms  in  the  studio. 


The  Department  of  Education  offers  a  program  in  teacher  certification 
whereby  students  can  earn  the  Pennsylvania  Instructional  I  Certificate 
concurrent  with  major  studio  work.  Students  choosing  this  option  are 
qualified  to  teach  art,  kindergarten  through  twelfth  grade.  The  Depart- 
ment of  Education  also  offers  a  Master  of  Arts  in  Art  Education,  which 
combines  graduate  study  in  education  with  liberal  arts  and  advanced 
studio  work. 

An  Art  Therapy  concentration,  which  provides  the  academic  founda- 
tion for  students  interested  in  careers  as  art  therapists  or  in  graduate 
study  in  the  field,  is  available  through  the  Liberal  Arts  Department. 

In  addition  to  the  undergraduate  and  graduate  curricula,  PCA  offers 
part-time  study  at  varying  professional  levels  through  its  Continuing 
Studies  Program.  A  Pre-College  summer  program  is  open  to  high  school 
students  considering  a  career  in  art  and  design.  The  Saturday  School, 
for  students  aged  eight  to  eighty-plus,  offers  studio  courses.  For  more 
detailed  information  about  any  of  the  above  programs,  please  turn  to 
the  appropriate  section. 


GENERAL  PROGRAM  REQUIREMENTS 


General  program  requirements  vary  within  each  department. 
Departments  issue  a  list  of  required  courses  at  appropriate  times  during 
the  year.  Majors  must  follow  both  departmental  requirements  for 
specified  courses  and  the  recommended  sequence  in  which  these 
courses  are  to  be  taken.  The  department  chairperson  must  approve  any 
exception  to  these  regulations. 

The  Art  Therapy  and  Education  Programs  are  special  courses  of  study 
that  are  offered  in  conjunction  with  a  studio  major  program.  Interested 
students  should  refer  to  the  program  descriptions  in  those  departments. 

The  College  requires  an  absolute  minimum  of  132  credits  for 
graduation.  In  general  the  basic  credit  breakdown  is  as  follows: 


Foundation 

Major  Department  credits 

Other  required  credits  outside  the  Department 

Remaining  electives  (9  credits  must  be  taken  in  a  department 

other  than  the  major) 

Liberal  Arts 


Credits 

18 

45 

6 

18 
45 


132 


Numbering  System 

The  capital  letters  preceding  the  digits  identify  the  department;  i.e., 
LA  indicates  Liberal  Arts. 

The  initial  digit  is  an  approximate  indication  of  the  level  of  the  course; 
i.e.,  100  indicates  a  beginning  course,  400,  a  course  for  the  most 
advanced  students.  Courses  offered  for  graduate  credit  are  on  the  500 
level.  The  second  digit  indicates  the  subject  category  as  below: 

LA  010  Literature 

LA  020 

LA  030  Foreign  Languages 

LA  040  Art  History 

LA  050 

LA  060  Social  Studies 

LA  070  Philosophy 

LA  080  Science 

LA  090  Interdisciplinary  or  otherwise  unclassified 


The  third  digit  is  an  arbitrary  designation  of  the  particular  course.  A 
indicates  first  semester;  B  indicates  second  semester;  S  indicates  a 
seminar  in  which  the  enrollment  is  limited  to  approximately  15  students 
who  must  have  an  overall  grade  point  average  of  at  least  3.0. 


Clothespin  by  Claes  Oldenburg  at  Perm  Center 
12 


FOUNDATION:  The  First  Year 


The  Foundation  Program  at  the  Philadelphia  College  of  Art  provides 
incoming  students  with  a  yearlong  sequential  study  of  visual  form.  The 
student,  working  within  a  framework  of  three  classes  that  relate 
problems  in  two-  and  three-dimensional  form,  builds  an  awareness  of 
the  independent  and  interdependent  character  of  these  concerns. 
Through  this  interaction,  new  life  is  given  to  the  student's  concept  of  the 
visual  arts.  Each  of  the  courses  —  two-dimensional  design,  three- 
dimensional  design,  and  drawing  —  stresses  precise  observation,  sound 
working  habits,  and  sensitivity  to  materials  and  tools  unique  to  its 
particular  processes.  Students  are  encouraged  to  take  part  in  discussions 
of  their  work  and  to  discover  the  cormections  between  historic  examples 
and  their  own  art. 

The  Foundation  studio  classes  are  supported  by  studio  electives 
offered  by  the  major  departments.  These  electives  are  designed  to 
acquaint  students  with  standards,  techniques,  and  practices  of  the  major 
studio  areas  and  to  enable  the  student,  with  the  help  of  an  advisor,  to 
choose  a  field  of  concentration  at  the  end  of  the  Foundation  year. 


Faculty 


Introductory  —  Required 


Robert  McGovern,  Co-Chairperson  Steven  Jaffe 

Michael  Rossman,  Co-Chairperson  Leon  Lugassy 

Edna  Andrade  Kaien  Saler 

Eugene  Baguskas  Richard  Schultz 

Thomas  Butter  Charles  Seailes 

Dante  Cattani  Raymond  Spiller 

Sharon  Church  Doris  Staffel 

WiUiam  Daley  Richard  Stetser 

Eileen  Goodman  Elsa  Tarantal 

Gerald  Herdman  Lily  Yeh 


Required  Credits  per  Year 

Year 

Foundation 
Major 

Studio 
Electives 

Liberal 
Arts 

I                Foundation 

18 

3  or 
more 

12 

Freshmen  are  required  to  register 
for  FP  100,  120,  and  190  in  the  fall 
and  spring  semesters  for  a  total  of  9 
credits  each  semester.  In  addition, 
students  may  choose  one  of  a  number 
of  electives  offered  by  the  major 
departments.  Electives  are  1.5  credits 
per  course  and  a  complete  list  of  those 
available  to  freshmen  will  be  issued 
each  semester  prior  to  registration. 
Six  hours  of  liberal  arts  credits  are 
required  each  semester,  three  in  Art 
History  and  three  in  Language  and 
Expression.  Students  not  assigned 
Language  and  Expression  may  choose 
a  liberal  arts  elective  in  its  place. 

FPlOO 
Drawing 

6  hours  a  week 

3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
The  student  is  involved  with 
perceptual  and  conceptual  drawing. 
The  course  is  intended  to  acquaint 
students  with  materials  and 
procedures  that  facilitate  seeing  and 
promote  appropriate  recording  of 
visual  information. 


FP  120 
Two-Dimensional  Design 

6  hours  a  week 

3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Working  with  point,  line,  shape,  and 
color  in  a  variety  oi  media,  the  student 
moves  toward  a  mastery  of  two- 
dimensional  form.  Projects  are 
designed  to  focus  on  the  interaction 
of  these  complex  elements,  bringing 
about  spatial  illusion  and  coherent 
pattern. 

FP  190 
Three-Dimensional  Design 

6  hours  a  week 

3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
The  student  explores  the  physical  and 
visual  properties  of  three-dimensional 
media.  Skills  in  working  materials  are 
combined  with  three-dimensional 
formal  analysis.  Projects  deal  with 
organization,  perception,  and  utility. 


LIBERAL  ARTS 


A  total  of  45  credits  must  be  earned  in  liberal  arts  courses  during  the 
undergraduate  program.  Studies  in  liberal  arts  are  divided  into  four 
major  categories:  Language  and  Literature,  History  and  Social  Studies, 
Art  History,  and  Philosophy  and  Science.  All  students  are  required  to 
complete  successfully  a  minimum  of  12  credits  in  art  history.  This 
includes  LA140A  Art  History  I,  LA  MOB  Art  History  IL  and  6  credits 
of  art  history  electives.  Based  on  the  entering  student's  transcript  and 
SAT  verbal  test  or  TOEFL  (Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign  Language) 
scores.  Language  and  Expression  (LA  108,  LA  109,  or  LAI  10)  may  be 
required.  Students  must  satisfy  the  credit  total  in  each  subject  category. 
Minimum  credit  requirements  are  as  follows: 


Language  and  Literature,  exclusive  of  LAK 
Art  History,  exclusive  of  Fihn  History 
History  and  Social  Studies 
Philosophy  and  Science 
Liberal  Arts  Electives 


,LA109,LA110 


Credits 

6 
12 


Total  minimum  Liberal  Arts  requirement 


45 


Approximately  one-third  of  the  credit  hours  required  in  liberal  arts 
are  electives  which  may  be  chosen  from  among  the  offerings  in  any  of 
the  categories.  There  is  also  an  independent  study  program  which 
permits  upperclass  students  to  work  with  a  faculty  member  on  a  special 
project. 

Students  discovering  a  strong  interest  in  any  particular  liberal  arts 
subject  area  may,  with  the  approval  of  their  faculty  advisors,  register  for 
considerably  more  credits  than  are  normally  required.  With  the  major 
department  chairperson's  permission,  credits  thus  earned  beyond  the 
45-credit  minimum  reduce  the  student's  basic  studio  elective 
requirement  in  the  same  manner  as  do  studio  electives. 

To  make  normal  progress  toward  graduation,  registering  tor  6  liberal 
arts  credits  per  semester  is  recommended. 

A  student  may  not  register  tor  the  same  course  twice  for  credit  unless 
it  is  taught  by  different  instructors. 

Students  must  complete  30  credits  in  liberal  arts  courses  in  residence. 
Up  to  1 5  credits  in  liberal  arts  subjects  may  be  transferred,  provided  the 
course  work  completed  elsewhere  does  not  duplicate  PCA  course 
offerings. 

All  students  must  earn  a  minimum  of  12  credits  in  PCA  300-400  level 
liberal  arts  courses.  Transfer  students  are  responsible  for  fulfilling  the 
45-credit  requirement. 


Faculty 


Helen  Berezovsky 
Stephen  Berg 
Martha  Breiden 
Theresa  Conn 
Patricia  Cruser 
Lawrence  Curry 
Anne  Davenport 
Mary  Ellen  Didier 
Helen  WilUams  Diutt 
Leah  Freedman 
Dorothy  Grimm 


Rogelio  Hernit 
Knolly  HiU 
Anne  Karmatz 
Constance  Kirker 
Sherry  Lyons 
Nancy  Markowich 
Mary  Martin 
Wilham  Norton 
Diane  Perkins 
Ruth  Perlmutter 
Lanie  Robertson 


Carl  Silver 
Ward  Stanley 
Patricia  Stewart 
Judy  Trachtenberg 
Fabian  Ulitsky 
Susan  Viguers 
William  Webster 
Carla  Weinberg 
Burton  Weiss 
Lily  Yeh 
Toby  Zinman 


LA  108 

Language  and  Expression 

3  credits/semester:  fall  or  spring 
The  objectives  of  this  course  are  to 
prepare  students  for  whom  English  is 
not  a  native  language  to  produce  the 
kinds  of  writing  expected  of  them  on 
the  college  level,  and  to  improve  upon 
their  reading,  study,  and  test-taking 
skills.  Concepts  of  paragraph  unity, 
coherence,  and  outlirung  are 
introduced  through  the  chief  methods 
of  composition  development: 
chronological,  spatial,  examples, 
definition,  cause  and  effect, 
comparison,  contrast  and  logical 
division.  Further,  the  course  provides 
a  review  of  those  principles  of  English 
grammar  that  present  the  greatest 
difficulty  to  students  of  English  as  a 
second  language:  verb  tenses,  modals, 
irregular  comparative  forms,  and 
correct  preposition  and  article  usage. 
Standard  English  punctuation  practice 
is  also  stressed.  Five  major  essays  and 
a  series  of  shorter  written  assignments 
are  required.  Attendance  is 
mandatory.  Grades  in  LA  108  will  be 
assigned  on  a  pass/ no  grade  basis. 
Credits  earned  do  not  satisfy  the 
Language  and  Literature  distribution 
requirement.  A  student  who 
successfully  completes  the  course  is 
subsequently  assigned  LA  109. 
Exception  al  st  uden  tsmay  be 
assigned  LA  11  GA- 


LA 109 

Language  and  Expression 

3  credits/ semester:  fall  or  spring 
The  objective  of  this  course  is  to 
provide  every  student  enrolled  in  it 
with  an  opportunity  to  succeed  in 
college.  To  this  end,  the  course  is 
designed  to  help  students  improve  in 
reading,  writing,  and  study  skills.  The 
technical  aspects  of  writing, 
specihcally  grammar,  punctuation, 
spelling,  and  paragraph  construction, 
are  stressed,  along  with  reading  com- 
prehension, vocabulary,  sentence 
structure,  logical  relationships,  and 
usage.  Students  have  the  opportunity 
to  improve  particular  problem  areas 
through  completion  of  individual 
projects  in  the  Reading  and  Study 
Skills  Center.  These  projects  include 
the  areas  of  listening  and  note  taking. 
Grades  in  LA  109  will  be  assigned  on 
a  pass/no  grade  basis.  A  final  grade 
in  LA  109  is  earned  for  demonstrated 
competence  in  basic  expository 
writing.  Credits  earned  do  not  satisfy 
the  Language  and  Literature  distribu- 
tion requirement.  Students  who 
successfully  complete  LA  109  must 
register  for  LA  1 10  A  the  subsequent 
semester.  LA  109  is  normally 
registered  for  no  more  than  two  times. 
If  a  student  is  permitted  to  register  for 
LA  109  a  third  time,  failure  to  com- 
plete the  course  will  necessitate 
withdrawal  from  the  degree  program. 


LAllOA&B 

Language  and  Expression 

3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Training  and  practice  in  expository 
and  argumentative  writing.  Students 
who  are  required  to  register  for 
LA  1 10  must  satisfactorily  complete 
LA  1  lOA  before  registering  for 
LA  1  lOB.  LA  1  lOB  must  be  satisfac- 
torily completed  for  graduation;  it 
must  be  registered  for  the  semester 
following  completion  of  LA  1  lOA. 


Language  and  Literature 


LA210A(&B 
American  Writers 

3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
The  hrst  semester  course  examines 
the  major  ideas  and  trends  in 
nineteenth-century  American  litera- 
ture. The  course  includes  the  study  of 
works  by  Poe,  Hawthorne,  Melville, 
Dickinson,  and  James. 
The  second  semester  course  focuses 
on  twentieth -century  American 
writers  and  includes  the  study  of 
works  by  Wharton,  Lewis,  Hemingway, 
Fitzgerald,  and  Steinbeck. 

LA211 
Women  Writers 

Not  offered  1980-81. 

LA214A&B 
Oriental  Literature 

Not  offered  1980-81. 

LA215A5tB 
Short  Prose 

3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
As  wide  a  selection  as  possible  of 
short  stories  and  short  novels  v^rill  be 
read  and  analyzed  to  discover  the 
development  of  the  short  story,  the 
themes  that  appear  and  reappear 
throughout  the  stories,  and  the  appli- 
cation of  these  themes  to  today's 
problems.  An  anthology  containing  a 
wide  selection  of  twentieth-century 
short  stories,  one  collection  of  short 
stories  by  an  individual  author,  and 
several  short  novels  will  be  used  as 
texts  for  each  semester. 


LA218A&B 
Major  Writers: 
Willa  Cother/Edith  Wharton 

Not  offered  1980-81. 

LA  219 

Children's  Literature 

3  credits/semester:  spring 
This  course  is  designed  as  an  investi- 
gation into  the  anonymous  oral  tra- 
ditions of  world  literature,  which 
continue  to  nurture  the  imagination 
and  sense  of  identity  of  children  today, 
and  into  the  modern  tradition  of 
children's  literature.  The  course 
focuses  on  children's  literature  as  an 
introduction  to  the  principles  and 
forms  of  art  and  to  the  role  of  the 
imagination  in  child  development. 

LA310A&B 

Literature  of  Self-Discovery 

Not  offered  1980-81. 

LA  311 
Greek  Drama 

3  credits/semester:  fall 
Plays  by  Aeschylus,  Sophocles, 
Euripides,  and  Aristophanes  are  read 
and  examined  to  understand  their 
integrity  as  works  of  art  and  to  de- 
velop an  appreciation  of  the  extraor- 
dinary accomplishment  of  Greek 
drama. 


LA  312 

Creative  Writing:  Drama/Film 

3  credits/semester:  spring 
Here  is  a  course  in  the  "poetics"  of 
script  writing-  Techniques  are 
studied  that  allow  the  beginning 
writer  to  develop  an  initial  idea  into 
a  workable  script  for  stage  or  screen. 
Prerequisite:  LA  1 10  A  <Sr  B  or 
equivalent. 

LA  313 

Poetry  Writing  Workshop: 

Composition  and  Theory 

3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
In  this  workshop  the  students  write 
poems  to  be  brought  into  class,  dis- 
cussed, criticized,  and  put  through 
some  of  the  stages  of  revision  that 
would  improve  the  poems  and  help 
the  students  to  bring  them  to  a  further 
degree  of  excellence.  Principles 
governing  the  decision  to  change  a 
poem  in  various  ways,  the  study  of 
poems  by  American  and  English 
poets,  the  reading  of  some  criticism, 
concentration  on  the  nature  of  and  on 
some  of  the  basic  principles  of  craft  — 
these  are  the  main  areas  that  are 
covered. 

LA  314 

Literature  and  Film 

3  credits/ semester:  fall 

By  the  study  of  various  literary  works 

and  the  films  made  from  them,  the 

student  develops  a  knowledge  of  the 

structural  complexities  of  several 

genre. 

Prerequisite:  3  hours  of  a  200  level  or 

higher  literature  course. 

LA315  A&B 

Elements  of  Modern  and 

Contemporary  Drama 

Not  offered  1980-81. 


LA  317 

William  Bloke  and  The  English 

Romantic  Poets 

3  credits/semester:  spring 
This  is  a  survey  course  which  covers 
the  poetry  of  Blake,  Coleridge,  Words- 
worth, Keats,  Shelley,  and  Byron. 
Works  by  these  writers,  and  those  of 
others,  will  be  studied  in  an  attempt  to 
comprehend  the  larger  implications 
of  the  term  "romanticism." 
Prerequisite:  3  hours  of  a  200  level 
or  higher  literature  course. 

LA  320  A 

Humanities  I:  Classic.  Medieval, 

and  Renaissance 

Not  offered  1980-81. 

LA  320  B 

Humanities  11:  Neo-classic, 

Romantic,  and  Modern 

Not  offered  1980-81, 

LA411/511  A,411/511  B 
Renaissance  Literature 

3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Works  by  Petrarch,  Erasmus,  More, 
Machiavelh,  Rabelais,  Cervantes, 
Calderon,  Shakespeare,  and  others  are 
read  to  explore  the  unique  contribu- 
tion of  those  writers  and  to  develop  an 
understanding  and  appreciation  of 
the  Renaissance. 

LA414A/514A 

Studies  in  the  Novel— Contemporary 

English  Writers 

3  credits/semester:  fall 
Students  read  a  selection  of  eight 
English  novels  written  during  the  last 
thirty  years  with  emphasis  upon  the 
historical  events  and  issues  that  were 
the  framework  in  which  the  authors 
wrote.  The  authors  include  such 
established  writers  as  George  Orwell 
and  Graham  Greene  as  well  as  the 
feminists  Doris  Lessing  and  Margaret 
Drabble. 


LA414B/514B 

Studies  in  the  Novel— Colonial 

Writers 

3  credits/semester:  spring 
A  study  of  twentieth-century  English- 
speaking  writers  from  former  British 
colonies  in  the  Caribbean,  Africa,  and 
India  is  made  with  particular  empha- 
sis upon  the  colomal  experience. 
The  course  begins  with  the  classic. 
The  Story  of  an  AIncan  Farm,  by 
Olive  Schreiner  and  moves  through 
the  centuiy,  ending  with  The  Bend  m 
the  River,  the  current  novel  of  V.  S. 
Naipaul. 

LA415A&B 

Modern  Poetry  and  Its  Interpretation 

3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
The  course  consists  of  the  reading  and 
interpretation  of  poetry  by  major 
poets  —  Eliot,  Stevens,  Williams, 
Lawrence,  Whitman,  Bishop,  for 
example  —  and  some  of  the  important 
contemporary  poets  such  as  Kirmell, 
Levertov,  Wright,  and  others.  Foreign 
poets,  in  translation,  are  also  part  of 
the  course:  Milosz,  Pavese,  Hikmet, 
Akhmatova,  to  name  four. 
Prose  on  poetry  by  most  of  the  poets 
IS  included  as  an  important  part  of 
understanding  and  interpreting  the 
readings. 

LA  416/516 

American  Fiction  After  1945 

3  credits/ semester:  fall 
This  course  attempts  to  examine 
representative  examples  of  fiction 
written  since  1945.  Classes  are 
primarily  devoted  to  discussion  of  the 
fiction  as  it  relates  to  our  culture  as  a 
product  of  the  times  in  which  it  was 
written.  The  hnal  grade  is  based  on 
class  participation,  two  or  three 
papers/tests,  and  a  final. 
Prerequisite:  LA  1  lOA/B  or  the 
equivalent. 


LA130A&B 
French  I 

3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
In  this  course  we  study  the  basic 
elements  of  French  grammar  through 
conversation  and  drills  derived  from 
readings  of  easy  modern  prose  and 
from  a  cultural  reader. 

LA  132  A&B 
Italian  I 

3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
This  course  covers  conversation  about 
everyday  life  and  basic  grammar 
through  reading  of  Italian  prose  and 
culture  m  general. 

LA  230  A  &  B 
French  II 

3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Open  to  students  who  have  completed 
French  I  or  who  have  had  two  or  more 
years  of  high  school  French. 
In  this  course  we  study  French  social 
life,  geography,  art,  and  literature.  It 
includes  readings  of  theater  pieces  by 
Giraudoux  and  lonesco.  Language  of 
class:  French. 


Art  History 


Beginning  in  the  fall  1980,  the  Art  History  faculty  will  provide  a  two- 
semester  art  history  sequence  which  will  be  required  of  all  students 
matriculating  in  or  after  fall  1980.  All  students  matriculating  at  PCA 
in  September  1980  or  thereafter  must  successfully  complete  a  minimum 
of  12  credits  in  art  history  to  satisfy  the  art  history  graduation 
requirement.  Students  are  expected  to  register  for  Art  History  I  and 
pass  it  before  they  register  for  Art  History  II. 


LA  140  A  &  B 

Art  History  I,  Art  History  11 

3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Students  will  be  expected  to 
understand  the  interaction  between 
the  structure  of  society  for  each  major 
style  period  and  the  form  of  major 
works  of  art  from  the  period.  Students 
should  gain  a  framework  so  that  they 
can  pursue  more  specialized  courses 
in  Liberal  Arts  and  Studio  with  some 
overall  sense  of  historical  and  stylistic 
order.  They  should  have  a  familiarity 
with  major  innovators  in  each  period. 
They  should  recognize  the  vision  of 
each  age  and  the  logic  that  produced 
it,  thereby  making  unknown  but 
representative  works  recognizable. 
They  should  gain  a  new  sense  of 
history,  of  artists,  of  society,  and  of  art. 

LA  150  A 

Oriental  Art  History  I 

Not  offered  1980-81 

LA  150  B 

Oriental  Art  History  II 

Not  offered  1980-81. 

LA  242  A  &  B 

Classical  and  Medieval  Art  History 

Not  offered  1980-81, 

LA  243  A 

Northern  Renaissance  Art 

3  credits/semester:  fall 
Course  material  includes  late  Gothic 
illuminators,  German,  Flemish,  and 
Dutch  painters  and  graphic  artists: 
their  style,  their  iconography,  and 
their  environment. 


LA  243  B 

Florentine  Artists  of  the  Renaissance 

3  credits/semester:  spring 
Florence  as  the  focal  point  of 
Renaissance  creativity  is  studied  in 
depth  in  order  to  understand  the 
variety  of  new  ideas  the  city  produced 
from  the  fourteenth  through  the 
sixteenth  centuries. 

LA  244  A  &  B 
Mythology  In  Oriental  Art 

Not  offered  1980-81. 

LA  245  A  &  B 

History  of  Architecture 

3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
From  antique  to  post-modern 
architecture,  the  Western  (nee  Euro- 
pean) tradition  of  architectural 
development  has  come  to  represent 
almost  all  of  what  we  term 
"architecture."  This  tradition  is  not 
only  the  dominant  form  in  industrial 
societies  today  but  has  become  the 
worldwide  language  of  urban  shelter. 
This  two-semester  course  investigates 
not  only  the  chronological  progression 
of  this  development,  but  attempts  also 
to  correlate  these  developments  with 
the  societies  they  represent.  Non- 
Western  and  vernacular  architectural 
traditions  are  also  considered  when 
pertinent. 

LA  250  A  &  B 
History  of  Sculpture 

3  credits/semester;  tall  and  spring 
A  chronological  history  of  Western 
sculpture  from  ancient  Egypt  to 
contemporary  America.  Emphasis  is 
on  problems  of  materials  and  site  as 
well  as  on  the  changing  social  roles  of 
the  artist. 


LA  254 

European  Modernism 

Not  offered  1980-81. 

LA  255 

History  of  Photography 

3  credits/semester:  fall 
The  objectives  of  the  course  are  to 
provide  an  introduction  to  the 
signihcant  photographers  and  their 
work  in  the  history  of  the  medium,  to 
discuss  the  major  visual  and  aesthetic 
trends  in  the  development  of 
photography  as  well  as  those  in  other 
media,  and  to  describe  the  larger 
social  context  in  which  photography 
has  developed. 

LA  345,  LA  345  S 
Modern  Architecture 

Not  offered  1980-81, 

LA  346 

Art  of  Africa 

3  credits/semester;  fall 
Religious,  sociological,  and  geo- 
graphical aspects  of  several  art- 
producing  tribes  of  Western,  Central, 
and  South  Central  Africa  are  studied. 
Intensive  stylistic  studies  are 
presented  to  establish  continuity  as 
well  as  distinction  within  a  given  tribe 
and  from  one  tribe  to  another.  Local 
field  trips  are  required.  Contemporary 
African  artists  as  well  as  African 
influence  on  black  American  artists 
are  discussed. 

LA  347 
Pre-Columbian  Art 

3  credits/semester:  spring 
Several  aspects  of  Pre-Columbian  Art 
emphasizing  stylistic  distinctions  and 
similarities  utilizing  a  geographic  and 
chronological  structure  are  studied. 
The  cultures  of  the  Aztecs,  Mayas, 
and  Incas  receive  particular  attention. 
Influence  of  these  Pre-Columbian 
cultures  on  contemporary  artists  is 
discussed. 


LA  348 

American  Art  from  the  Colonial 

Period  to  World  Warn 

3  credits/semester;  fall 

The  course  anal'i^es  the  struggles  of 

American  artists  to  create  an  art  that 

serves  and  speaks  of  America, 

independent  of  the  traditions  of 

Europe, 

LA  350  A  &  B 

History  of  Modern  Crafts 

3  credits/semester:  spring 
This  course  explores  the  development 
of  twentieth-century  contemporary 
crafts  {ceramics,  glass,  wood,  metal, 
and  fabrics)  vdth  an  emphasis  on  the 
unique  contributions  of  the  studio 
artist  post-World  War  11  to  the  present. 

LA  353,  LA  354 

Impressionism.  Post -Impressionism 

Not  offered  1980-81. 

LA  355 

Dada  and  Surrealism 

3  credits/semester:  fall 
The  history  of  the  post-World  War  I 
antirationalist  movements,  Dada  and 
Surrealism.  Since  these  were  literary 
and  political  as  well  as  artistic 
movements,  attention  is  given  to  texts 
by  such  authors  as  Artaud,  Breton, 
Freud,  larry,  Rimbaud,  and  Tzara  as 
well  as  to  works  of  art. 

LA  422/542 

Arts  and  Crafts  Movement 

3  credits/ semester;  fall 
This  artistic  development  m  the  latter 
half  of  the  nineteenth  century,  which 
dominated  the  decorative  aits  of 
Victorian  England,  was  the  foundation 
upon  which  Europe  developed 
twentieth-century  modern  design.  The 
semester  course  investigates  the 
ramihcations  of  this  development  from 
the  Pre-Raphaelite  Brotherhood  to  the 
Bauhaus. 


LA  443/543 
Art  Nouveau 

3  credits/semester:  spring 
This  "decorative"  style  of  the  1890s, 
one  so  short  in  duration  yet  so  effective 
in  its  synthesis  of  so  many  social  and 
artistic  influences,  is  the  focus  of  this 
semester  course  in  the  history  of 


Art  Nouveau  was  the  first  conscious 
attempt  to  develop  a  modern  art  — 
one  that  would  be  rapidly  exploited, 
yet  constantly  revived  in  the  twentieth 
century.  We  will  investigate  and 
research  the  ramifications  of  this 
singular  period  in  the  history  of 
Western  society. 

LA  446/546 

Aesthetics  of  the  Urban  Environment 

Not  offered  1980-81. 

LA  448/548 
American  Art  After  1945 

3  credits/semester:  spring 
In  1945  World  War  U  ended;  the  focus 
of  modern  art  shifted  from  Paris  to 
New  York  City.  The  course  begins  with 
Abstract  Expressionism,  studies  other 
major  American  styles  such  as  Pop 
Art  and  Mimmalism,  and  concludes 
with  post -Modernist  developments 
such  as  performance  and  decoration 
by  artists. 

LA  450/550 
Art  of  India 

3  credits/semester:  fall 
The  course  covers  painting,  sculpture, 
and  architecture  from  the  Indus  Valley 
civilization  of  the  2nd  millenium  B  C. 
through  the  different  periods  of 
Buddhist,  Hindu,  and  Islamic 
dominance  to  the  Rajput  paintmg  of 
the  eighteenth  century  A.D.  The 
different  art  styles  are  related  to  their 
historical,  religious,  and  social 
background.  Prerequisite:  6  hours  of 
Art  History. 


LA  452/  552  A,  452/552  B 
Art  of  China 

3  credits/ semester:  fall  and  spring 
The  course  covers  painting,  sculpture, 
architecture,  and  decorative  arts  from 
the  Neolithic  period  (sixteenth 
century  B.C.)  to  the  Northern  Sung 
Dynasty  (twelfth  century  A.D-)  in  the 
hrst  semester,  from  the  Southern 
Sung  Dynasty  (twelfth  century  A.D.) 
to  the  Ch'ing  Dynasty  (eighteenth 
century  A.D.)  in  the  second  semester. 
Special  emphasis  is  placed  upon  the 
Shang  bronze  ware,  the  H'an  and 
T'ang  sculpture,  the  Sung  and  Yuan 
landscape  painting,  and  the  Sung  and 
Ch'ing  pottery.  Prerequisite:  6  hours 
of  Art  History. 

LA  453/553 
Art  of  Japan 

3  credits/semester:  spring 
The  course  covers  painting,  sculpture, 
architecture,  and  decorative  arts  of 
Japan  from  the  Neolithic  period  to  the 
eighteenth  century  A.D,  It  studies 
the  emergence  of  a  unique  national 
style  from  an  art  world  dominated  by 
Chinese  influence.  Special  attention  is 
placed  upon  the  influence  of  Zen 
Buddhism  on  Japanese  culture. 
Prerequisite:  6  hours  of  Art  History. 

LA  454/554 

The  Bauhaus:  Art  and  Design 

Not  offered  1980-81. 

LA  455/555 

Art  Deco:  Art  and  Design 

Not  offered  1980-81. 

LA  456/556 

Major  European  Baroque  Artists 

3  credits/ semester:  spring 
The  course  covers  the  major  baroque 
artists  of  Europe,  their  styles  as 
individual,  national,  and  baroque 
exemplars.  The  religious  and  social 
environments  that  supported  this  rich 
and  varied  art  are  also  considered. 


History  and  Social  Studies 


LA  160  A&B 
World  History 

Not  offered  1980-81. 

LA  162 

Introduction  to  Sociology 

3  credits/semester:  fall 
An  introduction  to  the  study  of  society, 
including  an  examination  of  language 
and  symbols,  socialization,  status  and 
class,  ethnic  groups,  religion,  social 
organization,  deviance,  families,  and 
social  change-  Particular  emphasis 
on  politics  and  culture. 

LA  164 
Archaeology 

Not  offered  1980-81. 

LA  165  A&B 

African  and  Afro-American  History 

and  Cultures 

Not  offered  1980-81. 

LA  260  A 
Human  Origins  I 

3  credits/semester:  fall 
An  introduction  to  General 
Anthropology,  the  "history  of  ideas," 
mechanisms  of  evolution,  and  the 
place  of  Homo  sapiens  within  the 
animal  kingdom.  Focus  and  major 
emphasis  is  on  the  order  Primate, 
living  nonhuman  primates  —  their 
biology  and  behavior  —  and  trends  in 
primate  evolution  with  emphasis  on 
hominid  evolution. 


LA  260  B 
Human  Origins  II 

3  credits/ semester:  spring 
This  course  forms  an  intellectual  and 
somewhat  chronological  succession  to 
Human  Origins  I,  The  course 
framework  is  archeology  as 
anthropology  and  the  archeological 
record.  Emphasis  is  on  human 
biological  and  cultural  evolution 
throughout  the  Paleolithic  v/ith  a 
discussion  of  the  major  biological 
stages  of  human  evolution,  and  an 
introduction  to  Paleolithic 
technologies.  The  course  also 
addresses  the  question  of  the 
peoplmg  of  the  New  World.  The 
course  ends  with  an  introduction  to 
contemporary  Stone  Age  societies. 

LA  262  A  &  B 

For  Eastern  Ifistory 

Not  offered  1980-81. 

LA  263  A  &  B 
Political  Science 

3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
An  introductory  course  dealing  with 
the  fundamentals  of  the  American 
political  system  via  its  institutions  and 
political  behavior.  Topics  include:  power 
and  change,  confUct  and  consent,  liberty 
vs-  authority. 

LA264 

Contemporary  American  Institutions 

and  Systems 

Not  offered  1980-81. 

LA  265  A  &  B 

History  and  Culture  of  Latin 

America 

Not  offered  1980-81. 

LA  266 

Social  Interaction  and 

Social  Structures 

Not  offered  1980-81. 


LA  267 

Introduction  to  Cultural 

Anthropology 

3  credits/semester:  iall 
An  introduction  to  the  cultural 
variation  of  Western  and  non-Western 
societies.  This  survey  of  cultural 
expression  includes  religion,  myth  and 
art;  kinship,  marriage,  and  formation 
of  social  groups;  ecological 
adaptation;  economic  and  political 
organization;  and  the  relationship 
between  culture  and  personality, 

LA  268  A  &  B 
American  Civilization 

3  credits/semester;  fall  and  spring 
An  m-depth  study  of  the  origins  of 
American  democracy  with  an 
emphasis  on  how  the  Umted  States 
was  shaped  into  its  paiticulai 
political,  social,  and  cultural  patterns. 
The  subject  matter  of  the  first 
semester  includes  the  process  of 
settlement,  colonial  societies,  the 
movement  for  independence,  the 
framing  of  the  Constitution,  the  trials 
of  the  new  nation. 
The  subject  matter  of  the  second 
semester  includes  the  growth  of  the 
egalitarian  spirit,  the  Civil  War, 
Reconstruction,  and  the  rise  of 
national  consciousness. 
LA  268  A  &  B  is  the  first  year  of  a 
two-year  cycle.  LA  269  A  &  B  will 
study  the  periods  1877-1917  and 
1917  to  the  present. 

LA  359 

Sociology  of  Politics 

3  credits/ semester;  fall 
Interaction  of  political  and  social 
forces  within  the  American 
community  and  the  resultant  impact 
on  government  structure  and  process 
are  analyzed.  Factors  such  as 
population  profiles,  "suburbanites," 
elite  groups,  public  opinion,  party 
organization,  elections,  and  reform 
movements  are  studied. 


LA  360  A 

Renaissance  and  Reformation 

(1400-1648) 

3  credits/semester:  fall 
A  historical  approach  to  an 
understanding  of  major  aspects  of 
Western  civihzation.  The  intellectual 
and  cultural  explosion  that 
distinguishes  the  Renaissance  period 
and  the  religious  and  political 
upheaval  that  distinguishes  the 
Reformation  are  the  subject  matter 
of  the  course.  Political,  economic, 
intellectual,  and  cultural 
developments  are  studied.  The  unique 
contribution  of  the  period  to  Western 
development  is  stressed. 

LA  360  B 

Age  oi  Science  and  Enlightenment 

(1600-1815) 

3  credits/ semester:  spring 
A  continuation  of  LA  360  A  with 
special  emphasis  on  the  unique 
contribution  of  the  period  to  Western 
development.  The  dramatic  intellectual 
revolution  of  the  Age  of  Science  and  the 
applications  of  that  revolution  to  every 
province  of  human  experience  are  the 
subject  matter  of  the  course,  Political, 
intellectual,  economic,  and  cultural 
developments  are  studied. 

LA  361  A&B 
Criminology 

Not  offered  1980-81. 

LA  363 

Social  Problems 

Not  offered  1980-81. 

LA  364 
Sociology  of  Art 

3  credits/semester:  spring 
An  introduction  to  the  study  of  art  and 
society,  including  an  examination  of 
social  influences  on  art  and  artists' 
visions  of  society.  This  course  focuses 
on  film,  literature,  and  painting, 
studying  such  artists  as  Oscar  Wilde, 
Albert  Camus,  Picasso. 


LA  366  A  &  B 

The  City:  Its  History  and  Uses 

3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
A  study  of  the  city  in  history,  the  forces 
that  shaped  its  development,  and  the 
impact  the  city  has  had  on  history. 
The  American  City  from  the 
seventeenth  century  to  the  present  will 
be  used  as  the  model  for  this  study. 
The  second  semester  of  this  course  will 
be  an  in-depth  study  of  selected  urban 
problems  and  themes  dealing  with 
urban  history.  Prerequisite:  LA  366  A 
or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

LA  367 

Major  Historical  Figures 

3  credits/semester:  fall 
This  course  examines  conflicting 
appraisals  of  the  lives  and  times  of 
significant  Western  and  non- Western 
figures.  Emphasis  is  on  the  historical 
method  and  differences  in  Eastern 
and  Western  viewpoints. 

LA  368 
World  War  II 

3  credits/semester:  spring 
This  course  is  a  thorough  examination 
of  World  War  II  which  includes  the 
rise  of  fascism,  the  origins  of  the  war, 
and  Hitler's  life  and  personality. 
Conflicting  inter'pretations  of  such 
events  as  Pearl  Harbor  and  Potsdam 
are  studied.  Emphasis  is  on  causes 
and  effects  rather  than  battles  and 
generals. 


LA  369 
Cultural  Ecology 

3  credits/semester:  spring 
This  course  reviews  the  adaptations 
human  groups  have  made  to  differing 
environments:  deserts,  grasslands, 
circumpolar  regions,  tropical  and 
temperate  forests,  island,  high 
altitude,  and  urban.  Adaptations  of 
the  hunter-gatherer,  fisherman, 
pastoralist,  agriculturalist,  and  of 
shiftmg,  irrigation,  and  industry  are 
examined  in  light  of  their  use  of 
energy,  labor,  technology,  resources, 
their  attitude  to  the  environment,  and 
rate  of  population  growth. 

LA  460,  560 

Twentieth-Century  American 
Society 

Not  offered  1980-81. 

LA  461/561 
The  Civil  War 

3  credits/semester:  spring 
An  in-depth  study  of  the  most  tragic 
period  in  American  history,  including 
an  analysis  of  the  causes  of  the  war, 
the  social  and  economic  changes 
precipitated  by  the  war,  the  battles, 
and  the  long  and  equally  tragic  effort 
to  reconstruct  the  nation. 


Philosophy  and  Science 


LA  170  A&B 
Introduction  to  Philosophy 

3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
An  introduction  to  analytic 
philosophy;includes  a  brief 
examination  of  the  history  of  Western 
philosophy  with  an  emphasis  on 
modern  philosophy  and  the  works  of 
Descartes,  Berkeley,  and  Hume. 
Several  substantive  problems  are 
considered  in  detail,  such  as  the 
existence  of  God,  the  mind-body 
problem,  and  the  nature  of  knowledge. 


LA  181  A 

Child  and  Adolescent  Psychology 

3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
This  course  includes  study  of  the 
physical,  intellectual,  emotional,  and 
social  development  of  the  child, 
parent-child  relationships,  personality 
development,  self-concept,  the 
psychosocial  stages  of  human  life,  and 
the  quest  for  identity. 


LA  181  B 

Adult  Psychology 

3  credits/semester:  spring 
This  course  is  developmentally 
oriented  and  focus  is  upon  Eiikson's 
psychosocial  crises  from  adolescence 
to  death.  Some  major  topics  studied 
are  career  choice,  human  sexuality, 
love,  marriage,  values,  mental  health 
and  mental  illness,  aging  and  death 

LA  281 

Readings  in  Psychology 

Not  offered  1980-81, 

LA  282 

Concepts  and  Structures  of 

Mathematics 

3  credits/ semester:  fall  or  spring 
This  course  is  designed  for  students 
with  no  previous  background  in 
mathematics.  Elementary  topics  in 
logic,  space,  and  functions  are 
discussed,  Of  interest  m  itself,  the 
course  forms  a  suitable  foundation  for 
students  who  wish  to  pursue  more 
advanced  courses  in  analytic 
geometry  and  calculus. 

LA371 

Theories  of  Knowledge  and  Reality 

Not  offered  1980-81. 

LA  372 
Existentialism 

Not  offered  1980-81. 

LA  373  A  &  B 
Comparative  Religion 

3  credits/ semester:  fall  and  sprmg 
This  course  covers  the  world's  major 
religions  by  studying  their  historical 
development,  beliefs,  and  sacred 
literature,  and  the  works  of 
contemporary  writers.  The  first 
semester  is  concerned  with  Eastern 
religions,  such  as  Hinduism,  Buddhism, 
and  Taoism,  the  second  semester 
deals  with  Judaism,  Christianity, 
and  Islam, 


LA  380  A 
Life  Sciences 

3  credits/semester:  fall 
The  study  of  life  as  it  evolved  from 
unicellular  organisms  to  humans. 
Special  emphasis  on  behavior,  instinct 
and  learning,  aggression  and  human 
nature,  and  ecology. 

LA  380  B 
Physical  Sciences 

3  credits/ semester:  spring 
An  investigation  of  astronomy, 
geology,  and  other  physical  sciences, 
the  origin  of  the  universe  and  solar 
system,  the  nature  of  physical 
sciences,  matter  and  energy.  This 
course  provides  a  background  for 
understanding  the  problems  of 
scientihc  impact  on  human  values. 

LA  381 

Psychology  of  Creativity 

3  credits/ semester:  fall 
This  course  examines  the  creative 
process  and  the  problems  involved  in 
attemptmg  both  to  define  and 
measure  creativity.  The  course  is 
developmentally  oriented  and  so  we 
study  the  relationships  between 
creativity  and  normal  growrth  and 
development,  intelligence,  and 
personality. 

LA  382 

Contemporary  Psychology 

Not  offered  1980-81 

LA  384 

Abnormal  Psychology 

3  credits/ semester:  fall 

Human  development  and  abnormal 

psychology:  ego  defenses,  emotional 

disorders,  therapeutic  theories  and 

treatment  techmques.  Clinical 

diagnosis  and  classification  of  mental 

disorders. 

Prerequisite:  LA  181  A  or  LA  181  B. 


LA  385 

Social  Psychology 

3  credits/ semester:  spring 
An  exploration  of  family  dynamics, 
group  behavior,  attitudes, 
communications,  group  processes, 
roles,  and  culture.  An  examination  of 
our  social  institutions  and  social 
problems.  Prerequisite:  LA  181  A  or 
LA  181  B- 

LA386 

Advanced  Mathematics 

3  credits/semester:  spring 
The  major  topics  covered  in  this 
course  include  the  real  number 
system,  functions  and  relations, 
exponential  and  logarithmic  functions, 
elementary  circular  and  trigonometric 
functions,  and  an  introduction  to  the 
calculus.  Elementary  differentiation 
and  integration  are  combined  with 
applied  problems  in  rates,  areas, 
curve  length,  and  volumes. 

LA  387 

Applied  Psychology  of  Design 

3  credits/  semester:  fall  or  spring 
An  introduction  to  the  general 
concepts  of  human  information, 
utilization,  intake,  and  output. 
Subjects  covered  include  the  nature 
of  human  attention,  rules  affecting  the 
rate  and  types  of  information  that  can 
be  attended  to  and  the  way  that  such 
information  is  mternally  processed. 
The  design  of  visual  and  auditory 
displays,  devices  for  human  manual 
manipulation  (knobs,  levers,  controls 
in  general},  work  spaces,  and  general 
environmental  considerations  are 
explored  in  depth.  The  relationship  of 
design  to  environmental  stress  and 
human  safety  and  comfort  is 
considered. 

LA  388 
Perception 

3  credits/ semester:  fall  or  spring 
The  structure  and  function  of  the 
senses  of  vision,  audition,  olfaction, 
gustation,  touch,  temperature, 
Idnesthesis,  time,  and  the  brain  and 
nervous  system  are  considered  as 
they  relate  to  perception. 


LA  470,  570 
Introduction  to  Aesthetics 

3  credits/ semester:  fall 
An  introduction  to  the  philosophy  of 
art.  After  a  brief  examination  of 
analytic  philosophic  methods  and  the 
history  of  aesthetics,  we  consider  some 
of  the  fundamental  problems  in 
aesthetics:  the  intention  of  the  artist, 
the  physical  object/ aesthetic  object 
distinction,  and  the  nature  and 
comparison  of  different  kinds  of  art 
media.  The  relationship  between 
language  and  art  is  central  to  the 
course.  Prerequisite:  LA  170  or 
permission  of  the  instructor. 

LA  470  S/ 570  S 
Aesthetics  Seminar 

3  credits/ semester:  spring 
The  course  is  a  critical,  in-depth 
examination  of  some  fundamental 
problems  m  the  philosophy  of  art.  It 
reviews  the  analytic  method  of 
philosophic  inquiry,  considers  the 
relevance  of  Wittgenstein  to 
contemporary  aesthetics  (i.e.,  what 
can  be  said  about  works  of  art  and 
what  cannot  be  said},  and  also  covers 
some  recent  theories  of  Nelson 
Goodman  regarding  representation, 
exemplihcation,  and  symbol  systems. 
Prerequisite:  LA  170  or  instructor's 
permission. 

LA  471 

Social  Philosophy 

Not  offered  1980-81, 

LA  481,  581 

Freud  and  Freudian  Psychology 

Not  offered  1980-81. 

LA  482,  582 
Post-Freudian  Psychology 

Not  offered  1980-81. 


General  Studies 


LA  091  A&B 
Music  as  Art 

3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
This  IS  primarily  a  listening  course  of 
Romantic  music  from  the  second  half 
of  the  nineteenth  century-  This  period 
begins  with  the  death  of  Beethoven 
and  ends  with  the  death  of  Mahler.  It 
includes  Berlioz,  Brahms,  Wagner, 
and  French  Impressionism. 

LA  148 
Introduction  to  Film 

3  credits/semester:  fall 
A  survey  on  the  art  of  the  film  and  the 
nature  of  the  film  experience,  with 
special  emphasis  on  the  relationship 
of  signihcant  films  to  the  modern 
tradition  —  such  as  Dada/Surrealism, 
constructivism,  German 
Expressionism,  abstract  and 
conceptual  art.  Attention  is  paid  to 
narrative  and  theatrical  conventions 
and  the  impact  of  social,  intellectual, 
and  cultural  forces-  Films  by  directors 
like  Orson  Welles,  Jean  Renoir,  Ingmai 
Bergman,  Jean-Luc  Godard,  Stanley 
Kubrick,  Robert  Altman,  and  the  New 
American  Experimental  cinema  group 
are  supplemented  with  readings  by 
major  cinema  theorists. 

LA  248  A 
History  of  Film  I 

3  credits/semester:  spring 
The  course  examines  the  nature  of  the 
film  experience  as  a  major  force  in 
the  "idea  of  the  contemporary,"  It  is 
concerned,  therefore,  with  the 
relationship  of  significant  films  to  the 
modern  tradition  —  to  art-historical 
movements;  to  narrative  and  theatrical 
conventions;  to  social,  intellectual,  and 
cultural  forces.  Critical  readings  will 
supplement  the  screenings.  Works  of 
major  films  from  Griffith  and  Eisenstein 
through  Renoir,  Bergman,  and  Godard 
will  be  studied. 


LA  248  B 
History  of  Film  II 

3  credits/semester:  spring 
A  continuation  of  History  of  Film  I, 
with  emphasis  on  cinema  as  narrative, 
through  an  understanding  of  the 
major  trends  of  contemporary  cinema. 
The  focus  is  on  World  Cinema,  with 
special  emphasis  on  the  avant-garde 
and  experimental.  The  relationship 
between  image  and  viewer  and  the 
treatment  of  women  in  films  will  also 
have  a  major  emphasis  in  the  course, 

LA  394 

Creative  Life  of  the  Early  Twentieth 

Century 

Not  offered  1980-81, 

LA  395 

Creative  Life  of  the  Later  Twentieth 

Century 

Not  offered  1980-81, 


a«v5h?rr'T'. 


City  Hall 


ART  THERAPY 

Students  who  wish  to  enroll  in  the  Art  Therapy  program  register  for  art 
therapy  courses  as  studio  electives.  Students  complete  all  requirements 
in  their  chosen  major  department;  the  B.F.A.  or  B.S.  degree  is  awarded 
in  the  studio  major  with  concentration  noted  in  art  therapy. 

Interested  students  should  request  an  interview  with  the  Art  Therapy 
advisor,  Martha  Breiden;  the  Liberal  Arts  division  can  schedule 
appointments. 


Faculty 

Martha  Breiden,  Director 
Leah  Freedman 
KnoUy  Hill 


Sherry  Lyons 
Nancy  Markowich 


Liberal  Arts  Requirements: 

By  the  end  of  the  sophomore  year, 
students  should  have  completed 
LA  181  A,  Child  and  Adolescent 
Psychology;  LA  181  B,  Adult 
Psychology,  and  any  two  of  the 
following  courses:  LA  170, 
Introduction  to  Philosophy;  LA  162, 


Introduction  to  Sociology;  LA  260, 
Human  Origins;  LA  267,  Introduction 
to  Cultural  Anthropology;  LA  361, 
Criminology;  LA  369,  Cultural 
Ecology-  Juniors  should  register  for: 
LA  384,  Abnormal  Psychology  and 
LA  385,  Social  Psychology. 


Avenue  of  the  Arts  celebrat: 


PCA  Campus  in  background 


AT  300 

Introduction  to  Art  Therapy: 

Emotional  and  Social  Problems 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/ semester:  fall 
An  introduction  to  art  therapy 
including  the  normal  development  of 
art;  emotional  and  social  problems  of 
children,  adolescents,  adults,  and  the 
aged.  The  course  includes  field  visits 
to  a  variety  of  institutions  where  art 
therapy  can  be  practiced.  The  student 
is  exposed  to  a  wide  range  of 
intellectual,  physical,  emotional  and 
social  disorders.  AT  300  and  AT  301 
must  both  be  taken  first  semester. 


AT  301 

Social  and  Group  Process 

3  hours,  once  a  week 

3  credits/semester;  fall 

A  group  dynamics  course  structured 

to  help  the  student  better  understand 

him  or  herself  and  his  or  her 

interaction  in  dealing  directly  with 

feelings  activated  by  field  visits. 

AT302 

Clinical  Aspects  of  Art  Therapy 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/ semester:  spring 
A  weekly  meeting  with  the  art 
therapist  and  psychiatrist  to  present 
a  survey  of  the  held  of  art  therapy 
through  live  interviews,  films, 
literature  and  discussion.  AT  302  and 
AT  303  must  both  be  taken  second 
semester. 


AT  303 

Theories  and  Techniques  of  Art 

Therapy 

3  hours,  once  a  week 

3  credits/semester:  spring 

An  introduction  to  the  different  types 

of  disorders  and  the  theories  and 

techniques  of  art  therapy  utilized  with 

the  various  papulations. 

AT  400 

Theories  of  Personality 

3  hours,  once  a  week 

3  credits/semester:  fall 

An  emphasis  on  psychoanalytic  theory 

but  also  including  behaviorism, 

humanism,  existentialism,  etc. 

Prerequisites:  All  AT  300-level 

courses. 


AT  401 

Senior  Practicum  (restricted) 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/ semester:  spring 
A  field  placement  for  the  mature  and 
exceptional  student.  An  opportunity 
for  supervised  clinical  practicum  is 
arranged  for  students;  selection  is 
based  on  demonstrated  ability, 
academic  average  in  AT  courses, 
individual  maturity,  and  potential  for 
growth.  Placement  is  determined  by 
consensus  of  the  Art  Therapy  faculty 
and  advisor. 


EDUCATION 


Faculty 


William  Russell,  Acting  Chairperson 
Arlene  Gostin 
Ted  Katz 

Charles  Kaprelian 
Fred  Osborne 


Claire  Owen 
Karen  Saler 
Karen  Scholnick 
Robert  Sebastian 
David  Taller 


Teacher  Certification:  Undergraduate 

The  teaching  of  art  offers  opportunities  for  students  to  work  in  a 
profession  that  provides  possibilities  for  their  own  continued  growth 
while  they,  in  turn,  provide  for  the  aesthetic  and  creative  experience  of 
children  and  young  adults.  In  preparing  students  for  careers  in 
education,  PCA  is  committed  to  producing  graduates  who  are  "able  to 
do"  as  well  as  "able  to  teach."  To  that  end  the  Education  Department 
offers  a  competency-based  program  leading  to  the  Pennsylvania 
Instructional  I  Certihcate,  qualifying  the  student  to  teach  art 
kindergarten  through  twelfth  grade. 

The  curriculum  is  designed  to  provide  the  student  with  both  the 
theoretical  and  practical  knowledge  necessary  for  effective  teaching. 
Students  gain  a  command  of  the  theories  and  concepts  supporting  art 
and  education  and  are  involved  in  initial  teaching  experiences  at  the 
sophomore  level.  Opportunities  to  teach  in  traditional  and  alternative 
settings  such  as  the  College's  multi-age  Saturday  School,  special 
education  and  museum  programs,  and  adult  education  classes  provide 
experiences  directed  toward  the  development  of  excellence  in 
teaching. 

Students  are  able  to  earn  a  teaching  certificate  while  majoring  in  a 
studio  department  and  working  toward  the  B.F.A.  or  B.S.  degree.  By 
enrolling  in  the  Teacher  Certihcation  Program  in  the  sophomore  year, 
a  student  may  earn  a  degree  and  a  teaching  certificate  within  the 
four-year  program. 

Teacher  Certification:  Post-Graduate 

Students  who  hold  bachelor's  degrees  enroll  in  the  certification 
program  as  special  students.  Program  requirements  will  be  determined 
by  the  student's  qualifications.  Upon  review  of  a  student's  credentials, 
credit  may  be  given  for  prior  course  work  and  job  experience  by 
approval  of  the  department.  Special  students  normally  complete  the 
program  in  two  semesters. 

Master  of  Arts  in  Art  Education 

Graduate  study  at  PCA  offers  students  the  opportunity  to  pursue 
individually  designed  irmovative  combinations  of  education  and  visual 


studies.  Choosing  from  one  of  the  College's  major  studio  departments, 
students  are  able  to  combine  advanced  studies  in  the  studio  with  those 
in  education  and  liberal  arts.  The  education  components  of  the 
program  are  theoretical  and  culminate  in  a  thesis  project  reflecting 
original  investigation.  Students  may  design  their  education  studies  to 
include  an  internship  in  a  special-interest  area  such  as  museum 
education.  Upon  graduation,  students  pursue  careers  as  fine  artists, 
teachers;  in  research,  educational  media  arts  administration,  and 
design. 

The  College  offers  through  its  Education  Department  a  33-credit 
Master  of  Arts  in  Art  Education  degree.  The  program  consists  of  three 
components:  The  Studio  Major  (15  credits),  Liberal  Arts  (6  credits),  and 
Studies  in  Education  (12  credits). 

1.  Liberal  Arts,  6  credits 

Graduate  work  in  literature,  aesthetics,  art  history,  philosophy, 
and  psychology  may  be  pursued  through  coursework  or  approved 
independent  study.  Any  500-level  Liberal  Arts  course  may  be 
taken  to  satisfy  this  requirement.  Courses  below  the  500  level 
must  be  authorized  by  the  program  chairperson. 

2.  Studio  Major,  15  credits 

With  approval,  studio  work  may  be  taken  in  any  one  of  the 
College's  nine  major  departments. 

3.  Studies  in  Education,  12  credits 

Requirements  are  the  courses  listed  and  acceptance  of  the  thesis 
or  visual  project. 

The  completion  of  a  candidate's  resident  program  does  not  guarantee 
the  granting  of  the  Master's  degree.  Not  only  the  academic  record  of 
the  candidate  but  the  complete  thesis  is  subject  to  final  review  and 
approval  by  the  student's  thesis  committee.  The  complete  thesis  must 
be  approved  by  the  student's  thesis  committee  one  month  prior  to  the 
anticipated  date  of  graduation. 

A  student  who  does  not  achieve  the  required  cumulative  average  will 
be  placed  on  academic  probation  for  one  semester.  At  the  conclusion 
of  that  semester,  the  student's  progress  vrill  be  reviewed  and  a 
determination  about  continuance  in  the  program  will  be  made  by  the 
Academic  Review  Committee  upon  recommendation  by  the  graduate 
faculty. 

Transfer  of  Credits 

Students  transferring  from  other  graduate  programs,  or  those  having 
completed  acceptable  post-baccalaureate  study  elsewhere,  may  be 
allowed  to  transfer  up  to  6  credits  toward  their  Master's  program.  The 
acceptance  of  these  credits  is  based  on  faculty  evaluation. 

Academic  Requirements 

To  be  admissible,  a  candidate  must  hold  a  Bachelor's  degree  or 
equivalent.  A  Teaching  Certificate  is  not  required,  but  those  who  want 
one  may  pursue  it  concurrently  with  the  M.A.  program. 


Students  without  degrees  in  the  visual  arts  will  be  required  to 
complete  18  credits  of  Foundation  studies,  30  credits  of  a  Studio  major, 
6  credits  of  Liberal  Arts,  and  12  credits  of  Studies  in  Education. 

The  Master  of  Arts  in  Art  Education  program  may  be  pursued  either 
full-  or  part-time.  The  program  must  be  completed  within  a  maximum 
period  of  five  years  including  leave  of  absence  from  the  date  of 
admission.  All  degree  candidates  must  maintain  a  cumulative  point 
average  of  3.0  in  course  work  to  be  regarded  in  good  academic 
standing.  Students  will  qualify  for  candidacy  for  the  M.A.  upon 
satisfactory  completion  of  half  the  required  coursework  and  with  the 
approval  of  the  major  studio  and  education  departments. 

Financial  Aid 

Financial  aid  to  graduate  students  consists  of  assistantships,  grants- 
in-aid,  and  loan  assistance  through  the  State  Guaranteed  Loan 
Programs.  To  be  considered  for  an  assistantship  or  grant  administered 
by  the  College,  a  student  must  complete  a  Graduate  and  Professional 
School  Financial  Aid  Service  application  which  can  be  obtained  from 
PCA  or  the  College  Scholarship  Service.  Parental  information  is 
required  by  all  applicants;  the  College  reserves  the  right  to  exempt 
where  indicated.  The  application  deadline  for  such  assistance  is 
April  15  for  fall  and  November  15  for  spring.  Applications  for  state 
guaranteed  loans  must  be  obtained  from  your  local  bank.  Students  with 
assistantships  must  maintain  a  "B"  average  and  enroll  for  10  credits 
per  semester. 

Graduate  applicants  are  also  encouraged  to  investigate  the  State 
Guaranteed  Loan  Program  in  their  resident  state. 

Students  enrolling  for  the  Teacher  Certification  Program  who  have 
earned  a  master's  or  baccalaureate  degree  are  ineligible  for  financial 
assistance  from  the  college. 


Studio  Requirements: 

All  certification  candidates  must 
complete  4.5  credits  m  two- 
dimensional  studio  courses  if  their 
major  is  in  a  three-dimensional  area, 
and  vice  versa.  Also,  one  studio  course 
is  required  in  Photography  or  Film. 

Liberal  Arts  Requirements: 

By  the  end  of  the  sophomore  year,  it  is 
recommended  that  the  student 
complete  LA  181,  Child  and 
Adolescent  Development,  plus  one 
course  in  Sociology.  In  addition, 
students  must  register  for  6  credits 
in  Art  History  at  the  200,  300,  or 
400  level. 


Students  who  choose  to  work  toward 
certihcation  will  take  education 
courses  as  electives.  To  assure 
coordination  between  the  major  and 
the  teacher  certification  program  it  is 
strongly  recommended  that  each 
student  meet  with  his  or  her  education 
department  advisor  each  semester 
prior  to  advance  registration. 

A  detailed  description  of  the 
coordinated  program  with  Teacher 
Certihcation  is  available  in  the 
Education  Department.  Students 
interested  in  Education  but  not 
wishing  to  work  toward  the  certificate 
may,  with  department  permission, 
take  courses  on  an  elective  basis. 


Freshman  students  who  have  achieved 
a  score  of  500  on  their  verbal  SAT 
may  begin  certification  coursework 
during  their  freshman  year.  Students 
will  not  be  admitted  to  the 


certification  program  who  have  not 
satisfactorily  completed  LA  HOB, 
Language  and  Expression.  They  may, 
however,  begin  certification  course 
work  as  elective  students. 


Teacher  Certification  with  Studio  Major 

In  addition  to  meeting  the  requirements  of  a  major  studio  department, 
students  seeking  teacher  certification  are  required  to  meet  course 
requirements  in  the  Education  Department.  These  courses  are 
to  be  registered  for  as  a  part  of  the  elective  portion  of  the  studio 
program.  All  courses  are  one  semester.  The  recommended  sequence 
of  education  courses  is  as  follows: 


TE214 

-    Introduction  to  Visual  Arts 
Education 

1.5 

Sophomore 
Fall 

TE21S 

Contemporary  Concepts  in 
Teaching 

1.5 

Spring 

TE220 

Education  Psychology 

1.5 

Sophomore  or  Junior 
Fall  or  Spring 

TE216 

Materials  and  Methods 

1.5 

lunior 

Fall  or  Spring 

TE313 

Soturday  Practicum 
Prerequisites:  TE  214, 
TE215,  TE216 

3.0 

lunior 

Fall  or  Spring 

Senior 

Fall 

TE314 

Practicum/Seminar 
(eight  weeks  only) 
Prerequisites:  TE  214,  TE  215. 
TE  216,  TE  220,  TE  313 

9.0 

Senior 

Fall  or  Spring 

TE414 

Professional  Practices 
Prerequisites:  TE  214.  TE  215. 
TE216.  TE220,  TE313 

1.5 

Senior 

Fall  or  Spring 

Choice  of: 
TE999 
GESOO 
GE501 

Special  Project 
Research  Methods 
Readings  in  Art  and 
Education 

1.5 
1.5 
1.5 

lunior  or  Senior 
Fall  or  Spring 

TE214 

Introduction  To  Visual  Arts 

Education 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Through  school  observations, 
introduction  to  the  philosophies  of  art 
education,  learning  theory,  child 
development,  curriculum 
development,  and  mini-teaching,  the 
student  has  the  opportunity  to 
experience  the  various  aspects  of 
teaching  kindergarten  through 
twelfth  grades. 

TE215 

Contemporary  Concepts  in  Teaching 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
The  student  is  exposed  to  specialized 
and  alternative  teaching  situations. 
Included  are  —  museum  education, 
schools  for  all  ages,  traditional  and 
open  classroom,  teaching  basic  skills 
through  the  arts,  early  childhood 
education  and  special  education, 
higher  and  adult  education.  Through 
review  of  current  literature,  field  trips, 
guest  lecturers,  and  discussions, 
students  develop  curricula  for  these 
areas  of  specialization. 

TE220 

Educational  Psychology 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/ semester:  fall  and  spring 
Various  aspects  of  educational 
psychology  are  examined.  These 
include  cultural  and  family  factors 
that  influence  learning,  the 
expectations  conveyed  by  teacher 
behavior,  techniques  of  instruction, 
behaviorism  and  creativity.  Emphasis 
is  placed  on  retrospective  analysis  of 
each  student's  individual  educational 
experiences. 


TE216 

Materials  and  Methods 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1,5  credits/semester:  fall  and  sprmg 
Through  observation,  planning,  and 
participation  in  media  workshops,  this 
course  examines  the  process  of 
selecting  material  for  effective 
classroom  use  with  emphasis  on  means 
of  lesson  implementation. 

TE313 

Saturday  Practicum/Seminar 

4.5  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Students  are  involved  in  all  aspects  of 
the  Saturday  School.  They  observe 
classroom  interaction,  plan  and  teach 
lessons,  and  exhibit  student  work 
under  the  supervision  of  professional 
artist -educators  and  a  college 
supervisor. 

TE314 

Pr  act  icum  /S  emi  nar 

6  hours,  5  times  a  week  for  eight  weeks 
1 ,5  hours,  once  a  week  for  eight  weeks 
9  credits/semester;  fall  and  spring 
The  student  registers  for  the  semester 
in  two  eight-week  blocks.  The  hrst  is 
devoted  to  eight  weeks  of  student 
teaching,  four  weeks  at  the  elementary 
level  and  four  at  the  secondary.  The 
second  eight  weeks  are  devoted  to  an 
intensive  studio  program.  Students  are 
supervised  by  cooperating  teachers 
and  a  college  supervisor. 

TE414 

Professional  Practices 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
As  a  culmination  of  their  work  in 
studio  and  in  education,  seniors 
design  and  install  an  exhibition  and 
participate  in  a  seminar  workshop  on 
professional  practices  and 
contemporary  issues  in  education. 


Choice  of:  TE  999,  Special  Project; 
GE  5CX),  Research  Methods;  GE  501, 
Readings  in  Art  and  Education. 

GE500 
Research  Methods 

1 V2  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Emphasis  is  on  problem  solving 
pertinent  to  the  writing  of  research  or 
funding  proposals  in  the  areas  of  art 
education  or  administration.  Students 
are  required  to  learn  elementary 
research  design  and  investigative 
techniques  before  conducting  a  study 
or  submitting  a  grant  proposal  of  their 


GE501 

Readings  In  Art  and  Education 

1  Vz  hours,  once  a  week 
1 ,5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
This  seminar  cultivates  creative 
thinking.  It  focuses  on  the  effect  of 
education  on  one's  life,  the  role  of  art 
education,  and  the  place  art  occupies 
in  the  world  at  large.  Assumptions 
based  on  historic  and  contemporary 
philosophies  are  questioned  and 
critically  examined.  Specified 
readings  and  a  paper  are  course 
requirements. 

GE509 
Professional  Studies 

6  hours,  twice  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
With  faculty  consultation,  students 
plan  and  carry  out  an  internship  in 
some  aspect  of  art  education:  museum 
education,  special  education,  higher 
education,  research,  art  supervision, 
arts  administration,  or  educational 
media. 


GE510 
Thesis 

1.5  -  5.5  credits:  fall  and/or  spring 
The  thesis  represents  independent  and 
original  inquiry  into  a  theoretical  or 
practical  problem  or  issue  in  art 
education.  The  thesis  may  be  visual 
but  must  include  formal  written 
support.  The  student  develops  and 
executes  the  thesis  under  the 
guidance  of  an  advisor  and  thesis 
committee. 

GE512 

Seminar:  Organizational  Concepts 

1  hour,  once  a  week 
0.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Individually  prescribed  work  on  thesis 
proposal  and  attainment  of  thesis 
objectives-  Seminar  and  structured 
individual  study.  A  satisfactory  thesis 
proposal  must  be  written  by  the 
conclusion  of  the  course. 

GE515 

Contemporary  Concepts  In  Teaching 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  tall  and  spring 
The  student  is  exposed  to  specialized 
and  alternative  teaching  situations. 
Included  are  —  museum  education, 
schools  for  all  ages,  traditional  and 
op>en  classroom,  teaching  basic  skills 
through  the  arts,  early  childhood 
education  and  special  education, 
higher  and  adult  education.  Through 
review  of  current  literature,  field  trips, 
guest  lecturers,  and  discussions, 
students  develop  curricula  for  these 
areas  of  specialization. 

Education  Department  Electives 

Education  courses  for  teacher 
certihcation  are  registered  for  as 
electives.  Refer  to  the  program  in 
Education  for  complete  course 
descriptions. 


CRAFT 

The  Craft  department  provides  studio  experience  in  the  processes  and 
materials  of  four  major  areas:  ceramics,  fibres,  metals,  and  wood.  There 
are  supplementary  offerings  in  glass  and  plaster  as  well. 

Craft  studies  are  planned  so  that  the  student  can  acquire  a 
comprehensive  understanding  of  the  irmate  properties  of  the  materials 
and  a  full  command  of  manipulative  and  technical  skills.  Emphasis  is 
also  placed  on  the  investigation  of  ideas  and  possibilities  through 
drawing  and  design.  The  combined  knowledge  gained  by  these  studies 
helps  each  student  develop  a  personal  mastery  of  materials  and  self- 
expression. 

In  the  program,  majors  are  encouraged  to  take  at  least  6  credits  in  a 
craft  other  than  their  concentration  in  order  to  investigate  more  than 
one  possibihty  and  to  expand  their  experience.  li  the  student  has 
demonstrated  ability  to  do  successful  work  in  two  crafts,  he  may  choose 
to  pursue  others  as  well  in  the  last  two  years  of  the  program. 

The  study  of  crafts  at  PCA  is  particularly  rewarding  because  of  the 
extensive  crafts  resources  and  professional  activity  in  the  Philadelphia 
area.  The  Crafts  department  is  committed  to  providing  instruction  by 
artists/craftspeople  who  are  practicing  professionals  as  well  as 
teachers.  Students  are  advised  to  study  the  History  of  Twentieth- 
Century  Crafts,  which  provides  additional  exposure  to  the  background 
and  philosophy  of  crafts. 

The  program  is  further  enhanced  by  visits  to  exhibitions,  museums, 
and  private  collections  and  by  frequent  lectures  by  prominent  and 
distinguished  guest  artists/craftspeople. 

Upon  graduation 'some  students  choose  to  continue  study  on  the 
graduate  level.  Increasingly,  however,  more  graduates  work  as 
independent  artists  operating  private  studio/shops,  as  teachers  of 
crafts,  or  as  consultants  to  industry  and  architects.  In  many  cases, 
individuals  combine  these  pursuits  to  meet  either  personal  or  particular 
needs  and  goals. 

The  goal  of  the  department  is  to  develop  artists/craftspeople  of  in- 
dividuality and  imagination  with  the  resourcefulness  to  achieve  the 
highest  professional  and  creative  level. 


Faculty- 
Richard  H.  Reinhardt,  Co-Chairperson  Roland  Jahn 
Petras  Vaskys,  Co-Chairperson  Richard  Kagan 
Mark  Bums  Leon  Lugassy 
Sharon  Church  Warren  Seelig 
Wilham  Daley  Rudi  Staffel 
Robert  De  Fuccio  Stephanie  Tyiska 
Robert  Forbes  Robert  Worth 


All  Department  courses— students  in 
every  area  must  attend. 

CR201  A&B 
Introduction  to  Concept 
Development 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester;  fall  and  spring 
A  two-part  course  in  the  study  of 
visual  investigation  and  manipulation 
of  formal  ideas. 


CR  401  A&B 

Senior  Croit:  Crafts  Seminar 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1 .5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
A  forum  for  the  discussion  of  ideas  and 
issues  of  concern  to  students  of  crafts 
through  student  participation,  guest 
lecturers,  professional  offerings.  A 
study  of  style  and  the  survival 
techniques  of  contemporaries  working 
in  craft  media  will  be  emphasized. 


Intermediate  (Junior)  —  Required 


Credits 


CRAFT:  Ceramics  -  Required  Credits  per  Year 

Year 

Ceramics 
Major 

Studio 
Electives 

Liberal 
Arts 

I                  Foundation 

18 

3 

12 

II                Sophomore 

15 

6 

12 

III               Junior 

15 

6 

12 

IV               Senior 

IS 

6 

12 

Introductory  (Sophomore)  —  Required 


CR  201    Introduction  to  Concept  Development 
CH  2 1 1    Introduction  to  Throwing 
CR  2 12    Introduction  to  Handbuilding 
Ciaft        Introduction  Course  in  Chosen  Crait 

Studio  Electives  (CR  25 1  Moldmaking-Casting) 

Liberal  Arts 


3,0 
3,0 
3,0 
6.0 
6.0 
12,0 


CR211 

Introduction  to  Throwing 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/ semester:  iall  and  spring 
Beginning  studio  work  with  clay  using 
the  throwing  process  and  related 
glazing  and  firing  techniques. 

CR212 

Introduction  to  Handbuilding 

6  hours,  once  a  week 

3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 

Beginning  studio  work  with  clay  using 

the  handbuilding  processes  of  slab. 

coil,  pinch,  and  pressing  from  molds, 

plus  related  glazing  and  firing 

techniques. 


CR213A 

Ceramic  Technology:  Cloys  &  Kilns 

1.5  hours,  once  a  week 

1.5  credits/semester:  fall 

A  lecture  and  lab  course  to  investigate 

the  theoretical  and  practical  aspects 

of  clays,  clay  bodies,  and  kilns. 


CR  313   Ceramic  Technology 
CR  3 1 1    Intermediate  Ceramics 
CR312    Intermediate  Ceramics 

Studio  Electives 

Liberal  Arts 


CR311  A&B 
CR  312  A&B 
Intermediate  Ceramics 

6  hours,  twice  a  week 
6  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Studio  work  with  clay  to  develop 
individual  ability  with  the  processes 
and  concepts  of  the  craft. 
Demonstrations  and  projects  are  given 
by  the  instructor. 
Prerequisite:  CR211  &212 

CR313B 

Ceramic  Technology:  Glazes 

1.5  hours,  once  a  week 

1.5  credits/semester:  spring 

A  lecture  and  lab  course  to  investigate 

the  theoretical  and  practical  aspects 

of  glazes. 


Advanced  (Senior)  —  Required 


CR  401    Crafts  Seminar 

CR  4 1 1    Advanced  Ceramic  Studio 

CR412   Advanced  Ceramic  Studio 

Studio  Electives 

Liberal  Arts 


CR411  A&B 
CR412  A&B 
Advanced  Ceramic  Studio 

6  hours  twice  a  week 
6  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
The  intensive  work  in  personal 
development  is  handled  on  a  one-to- 
one  basis  with  the  instructor.  The 
guidance  offered  affirms  the  student's 
development  as  a  distinct  and 
creative  person. 


3.0 
6.0 
6.0 
6.0 

12,0 


Credits 


3,0 
6,0 
6.0 
6.0 
12.0 


CRAFT:  Fibres  -  Required  Credits  per  Year                                            1 

Year 

Fibres 
Major 

Studio 
Electives 

Liberal 
Arts 

I                  Foundation 

18 

3 

12 

II                 Sophomore 

15 

6 

12 

III              lunior 

IS 

6 

12 

IV              Senior 

15 

6 

12 

Intermediate  (Junior)  —  Required 


Credits 


Introductory  (Sophomore)  —  Required 


Credits 


CR  20 1    Introduction  to  Concept  Development 
CR  221    Introduction  to  Rbres  Media  Explorations 
CR  222   Introduction  to  Rbres  Structural  Investigation 
Crait        Introduction  Course  in  Chosen  Craft 

Studio  Electives 

Liberal  Arts 


3.0 
3.0 
3.0 
6.0 
6.0 
12.0 


CR221 

Introductory  Fibres  Media 

Exploration 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits /semester:  fall  and  spring 
Materials  and  fibres  are  explored 
through  a  series  of  developmental 
assignments  —  exploratory  work  in 
two-dimensional  and  three- 
dimensional  form  prepares  student  for 
versatile  and  solid  approach  to  fibres 
design  orientation  —  discharge 
printing,  resist  printing,  felting,  etc. 


CR222 

Introductory  Fibres  Structural 

Investigation 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Structural  processes  explored  in  two- 
dimensional  and  three-dimensional 
form.  Equal  emphasis  to  be  placed  on 
primitive  loom  and  off-loom 
techniques.  Dyeing  methods  and  the 
reaction  to  various  fibres  to  dyes  are 
included - 


CR  334    Fibres  Technology 

CR  321    Intermediate  Surface  Design 

CR  322   Intermediate  Structural  Fibres 

Studio  Electives 

Liberal  Arts 


3.0 
6.0 
6.0 
6.0 

12.0 


CR321  A&B 

Intermediate  Surface  Design 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Surface  design  —  two-dimensional 
design  approached  incorporating 
small-scale  and  large-scale  design 
problems  associated  with  individual 
and  industrial  production. 

CR  322  A  &  B 

Intermediate  Structural  Fibres 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/ semester:  fall  and  spring 
Through  a  series  of  developmental 
assignments,  the  student  becomes 
familiar  with  a  loom  through 
appropriate  exercises.  A  continuation 
of  advanced  off-loom  projects. 


CR334 

Fibres  Technology 

1.5  hours,  once  a  week 
1,5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
A  lecture  course  that  investigates 
textile  structure  vrith  emphasis  on 
drafting  of  basic  weaves.  It  will  also 
explore  color  and  material  in  relation 
to  texture  in  preparation  for  portfoUo 
presentation. 


Advanced  (Senior)  —  Required 


CR401    Crafts  Seminar 

CR  423   Advanced  Surface  Design 

CR  425   Advanced  Structural  Fibres 

Studio  Electives 

Liberal  Arts 


3.0 
6.0 
6.0 
6.0 

12.0 


CR  423  A  &  B 

Advanced  Surface  Design 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Suitably  complex  problems  based 
on  the  knowledge  and  experience 
acquired  in  previous  years  with 
further  investigation  into  specific 
techniques  for  special  projects. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  self- 
development  and  structuring  of 
personal  assignments.  PortfoUo 
preparation.  An  independent  study 
program  is  possible  with  the  approval 
of  the  instructors. 


CR  425  A  &  B 

Advanced  Structural  Fibres 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Suitably  complex  problems  based  on 
the  knowledge  and  experience 
acquired  in  previous  years  with  further 
investigation  into  specihc  techniques 
for  special  projects.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  self-development  and 
structuring  of  personal  assignments. 
Portfolio  preparation.  An  independent 
study  program  is  possible  vrith  the 
approval  of  the  instructors. 


CRAFT:  Metals  -  Required  Credits  per  Year 

Year 

Metals 
Major 

Studio 
Electives 

Liberal 
Arts 

I                  Foundation 

18 

3 

12 

II                Sophomore 

15 

6 

12 

III               Junior 

15 

6 

12 

IV               Senior 

15 

6 

12 

Advanced  (Senior)  —  Required 


Credits 


Introductory  (Sophomore)  —  Required 


Credits 


CB  201    Introduction  to  Concept  Development 
CR  24 1    Introduction  to  Jewelry  and  Metal  Working 
CR  242   Introduction  to  Metalsmithing 
Ciait       Introduction  Course  in  Chosen  Croft 

Studio  Electives 

Liberal  Arts 


3.0 
3.0 
3.0 
6-0 
6.0 
12.0 


CR241 

Introductory  Jewelry  and 

Metal  working 

3  hours,  twice  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
An  introduction  to  the  fundamental 
techniques  of  metalworldng. 


CR242 

Introductory  Metalsmithing 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester;  fall  and  spring 
An  introduction  to  the  fundamentals  of 
the  making  of  flat  and  hollow  ware. 


Intermediate  Junior)  —  Required 


Credits 


CR  345  Metals  Technology 
CR341  Intermediate  Metal 
CR342   Intermediate  Metal 

Studio  Qectives 

Liberal  Arts 


3.0 
6.0 
6.0 
6.0 
12.0 


CR  345  A  &  B 
Metals  Technology 

1 .5  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
A  lab,  lecture,  and  demonstration 
course  investigating  the  theoretical, 
practical,  and  physical  properties  of 
metals  and  other  materials  as  they 
relate  to  methods  of  construction, 
forming,  and  Hnishing.  Maintenance 
of  related  tools  and  equipment  will 
be  studied. 


CR341  A&B 
CR  342  A  &  B 
Intermediate  Metal 

6  hours,  twice  a  week 

6  credits/semester;  fall  and  spring 

The  course  develops  metalworking 

techniques  and  concepts  toward 

increased  skills  and  individual 

developments. 


CR401    Crafts  Seminar 

CR  44 1    Advanced  Metals  Studio 

CR  442   Advanced  Metals  Studio 

Studio  Electives 

Liberal  Arts 


3.0 
6.0 
6.0 

6.0 
12.0 


CR441  A&B 
CR  442  A  &  B 
Advanced  Metals  Studio 

6  hours,  twice  a  week 
6  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
The  intensive  work  in  personal 
development  is  handled  on  a  one-to- 
one  basis  with  the  instructor.  The 
guidance  offered  afhrms  the  student's 
development  as  a  distinct  and 
creative  person. 


CRAFT:  Wood  -  Required  Credits  per  Year 

Year 

Wood 
Major 

Studio 
Electives 

Liberal 
Arts 

I                  Foiindation 

18 

3 

12 

II                Sophomore 

15 

8 

12 

III               Junior 

15 

8 

12 

IV               Senior 

15 

6 

12 

Introductory  (Sophomore)  -  Required 

Credits 

CR  201    Introduction  to  Concept  Development 
CR261    Introduction  to  Woodworking 
CR261    Introduction  to  Woodworking 
Craft        Introduction  Course  in  Chosen  Craft 

Studio  Electives 

Liberal  Arts 


3.0 
3.0 

3.0 

6.0 
6.0 
12.0 


CR  261  A  &  B 
Introductory  Woodworking 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/  semester:  fall  and  spring 
An  introduction  to  basic  woodworking, 
hand  and  machine  tools,  wood  joinery, 
and  adhesives  along  with  an 
exploration  of  the  design  possibilities 
in  wood. 


Intermediate  (Junior)  —  Required 


Ceramics-Plaster 


CR  364   Wood  Technology 

CR361    Intermediate  Woodworking 

CR  362   Intermediate  Woodworking 

Studio  Electives 

Liberal  Arts 


3.0 
6.0 
6.0 
6.0 
12.0 


CR  361  A  &  B 
CR  362  A  &  B 
Intermediate  Woodworking 

6  hours,  twice  a  week 
6  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Further  investigation  of  woodworking 
techniques,  processes,  joinery,  and 
structure.  Furniture  design  problems 
involving  solid  and  plywood  case 
construction  and  chairs.  Full-scale 
working  models  to  be  produced  by  the 
student. 


CR364 

Wood  Technology 

1 .5  hours,  once  a  week 

1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 

A  lecture  course  that  deals  with  the 

fundamentals  of  machine  technology 

and  maintenance,  the  operating  of  a 

shop,  and  other  practical  aspects  of 

woodworking. 


Advanced  (Senior)  -  Required 


Credits 


CR401    Crafts  Seminar 

CR  461    Advanced  Woodworking 

CR  462   Advanced  Woodworking 

Studio  Electives 

Liberal  Arts 


3.0 
6.0 
6.0 
6.0 
12.0 


CR  461  A  &  B 
CR  462  A  &  B 
Advanced  Woodworking 

6  hours,  twice  a  week 
6  credits/ semester:  fall  and  spring 
Intensive  work  in  personal 
development  is  handled  on  a  one-to- 
one  basis  with  the  instructor.  Emphasis 
on  the  design  and  construction  of 
furniture  with  full-scale  working 
models  to  be  produced  by  the  student. 


CR  215  A  SB 
Moldjnaking-Casting 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester;  fall  and  spring 
Plaster-working  skills;  model  and  mold 
making.  Modeling  techniques. 
Preference  for  registration  is  given  to 
Crafts  majors. 


Glass 


CR231  Ac&B 
Introductory  Glass 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Glass  is  considered  as  an  expressive 
and  creative  medium.  Students  work 
with  molten  glass  in  offhand  blowing 
techniques  and  with  flat  glass  in 
stained-glass  techniques. 


CR331  ASfB 
Advanced  Glass 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Glass  is  considered  as  an  expressive 
medium  and  development  toward  a 
personal  style  is  encouraged.  Students 
work  with  hot  glass  in  advanced 
offhand  work,  blowing  into  molds, 
casting  and  enameling,  as  well 
as  advanced  stained-glass  work 
incorporating  blown  and  cast  pieces 
in  two-  and  three-dimensional  stained- 
glass  problems. 


Open  area  behind  castmg  and  welding  studios 


■mt-&^' 


-fsT 


■!r-\-^;fr 


ENVIRONMENTAL  DESIGN 


Environmental  design  is  a  rich  mixtuie  of  the  traditional  professions  of 
architecture,  interior  design,  landscape  architecture,  and  urban 
planning.  Since  the  product  of  environmental  design  is  large  in  visual 
scale  and  has  important  and  long-lasting  impact  on  people's  lives,  the 
decisions  of  the  designer  must  be  careful,  thoughtful,  and  in  the  highest 
public  interest. 

The  major  objective  of  the  department  is  to  teach  a  design  process 
whereby  data  and  users'  needs  are  creatively  translated  into  physical 
form.  The  process  is  one  that  encourages  and  nurtures  imagination, 
responsibility,  individuality,  and  personal  commitment.  There  is  a 
continuous  effort  in  the  department  to  achieve  a  balance  betwreen 
many  forces:  to  balance  skill  with  philosophy  and  thought;  exploratory 
work  with  traditional  design;  specific  subjects  with  overviews;  hard 
work  with  enjoyment. 

The  faculty  is  composed  of  active  professionals  from  the  fields  of 
architecture,  interior  design,  environmental  programming,  landscape 
architecture/ ecology,  and  urban  design.  Recognizing  the  large  number 
of  leading  design  professionals  in  the  Greater  Philadelphia  area,  the 
department  has  implemented  a  senior  thesis  program  that  draws  upon 
this  talented,  multidiscipluiary  pool.  This  program  affords  each  senior 
the  opportunity  to  meet  with  his  or  her  selected  design  advisor  —  on  a 
one-to-one  basis  and  in  a  professional  setting  —  while  pursuing  a 
design  project  of  his  or  her  choice. 

Recent  graduates  awarded  the  B.S.  degree  in  Environmental  Design 
have  found  the  department's  broad  but  comprehensive  educational 
approach  an  important  asset  because  it  has  given  them  access  to  a 
wide  variety  of  design  careers  and  job  opportunities,  has  prepared 
them  for  specialization  at  a  graduate  professional  level  in  fields  such 
as  architecture,  and  has  also  provided  them  with  a  foundation  upon 
which  to  build  an  independent  practice. 


Faculty 


Benjamin  Martin,  Chairperson 

Jotin  Chase 

Barry  Eiswerth 

Alan  Johnson 

Karen  Lagosky 

Robert  McCauley 

Richard  Meyer 

Burton  Miller 

Richard  Stange 

Sam  Unger 


Design  Advisory  Program 

Cecil  Baker 

Charles  Dagit 

Barry  Eiswerth 

Robert  Hedley 

Roger  Lewis 

Adolf  DeRoy  Mark 

Peter  Saylor 

Gray  Smith 

Russell  Thompson  Jr. 

Thomas  Todd 

Shirley  Vernon 


Liberal  Arts  Requirements 

LA  387,  Applied  Psychology  of  Design 
LA  388,  Perception 
6.0  credits  of:  History  of  Design  and/ 
or  Architecture,  and/ or  The  City. 


Introductory  (Sophomore)  —  Required 


Credits 


Freshman  Elective 


EN  101 
Design  Studio 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Introduction  to  the  concerns, 
techniques,  and  processes  of 
environmental  design.  Exploration  of 
design  considerations  for  existing  and 
new  environments. 


Environmental  Design  - 

-  Required  Credits 

per  Year 

Year 

Environ- 
mental 
Design 
Major 

Studio 
Electives 

Liberal 
Arts 

I                  Foundation 

18 

3 

12 

II                 Sophomore 

15 

6 

12 

III               Junior 

15 

6 

12 

IV               Senior 

15 

6 

12 

EN  202   Structure  &  Construction 
EN  210   Design  Studio 
EN  211    Residential  Environments 
EN  214   Skills  I  -  Drawing 

Studio  Electives 

Liberal  Arts 


3.0 
4.5 
4.5 
3.0 

6.0 
12.0 


EN  202  A  &  B 

Structure  and  Construction 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester;  fall  and  spring 
A  study  of  natural  and  man-made 
structures,  their  principles,  and 
applications.  Development  of  the 
ability  to  understand  forces  and 
recognize  their  corresponding  forms. 
An  introduction  to  the  built 
environment  from  the  standpoint 
of  materials  and  how  structures  are 
assembled  or  rehabiUtated. 

EN  210 
Design  Studio 

3  hours,  three  times  a  week 
4.5  credits/semester:  fall 
The  primary  purpose  of  this  studio  is 
the  development  of  a  conscious  design 
procedure.  The  work  consists  of  a 
variety  of  short  discrete  problems, 
stressing  the  visual  aspects  of  design 
procedure. 

EN  211 
Design  Studio 

3  hours,  three  times  a  week 

4.5  credits/semester:  spring 

A  continuation  of  the  concerns  of 

EN  210  with  particular  attention  to 

residential  building  types. 

Prerequisite  EN  210 


EN212A&B 
Alternote  Energy:  Solar 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Introduction  to  the  principles, 
properties,  and  technology  of  solar 
energy.  Problems  focusing  on  the 
analysis  and  development  of  natural 
energy  systems  for  the  heating  and 
cooling  of  spaces.  Particular  emphasis 
shall  be  placed  on  the  integration  of 
active,  passive,  and  hybrid  solar 
designs  for  energy  conservation  in 
existing  and  new  structures. 

EN214A&B 
Skills  I  —  Drawing 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
This  studio  addresses  the 
craftsmanship  and  vocabulary  of 
traditional  architectural  drawing  with 
emphasis  on  the  needs  of  the  designer. 

EN  220 
Design  Seminar 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits:  fall 

Lectures,  field  trips,  and  discussions 
with  guests  and  staff  exploring  the 
elements  of  arcfiitectural,  interior, 
landscape,  and  urban  design. 
Emphasis  will  be  placed  on 
professional  accomplishments  and 
new  directions  in  environmental 
design.  Research  dealing  with  topic 
relevant  to  seminar  vrill  be  required. 


PCA,  Anderson  Hall,  Arco  Park  —  Pine  Street  Campus 


Intermediate  Junior)  —  Required 


Credits  Advanced  (Senior)  —  Required 


EN  301  Programming 

EN  310  Design  Studio 

EN  3 1 1  Design  Studio 

EN  314  Skills  II  -  Rendering 

EN  320  Design  Seminar 

Studio  Electives 
Liberal  Arts 


1,5 

EN  4 10 

Design  Studio 

4,5 

EN411 

Thesis 

4,5 

EN  4 14 

Skills  in  -  Contract  Documents 

3,0 

EN  420 

Design  Seminar 

1,5 

EN  430 

Portfolio  Development 

6,0 

Studio  Electives 

12.0 

Liberal  Arts 

4.5 
4.5 
3.0 
1.5 
1.5 
6.0 
12.0 


EN  301 
Programming 

3  houis,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall 
Explores  predesign  problem 
identification  within  the  context  of 
the  designer  process.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  the  methodologies  involved 
in  identifying  users'  needs, 
performance  characteristics,  and 
functional  requirements. 

EN  302 

Environmental  Control  Systems 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  spring 
An  examination  of  mechanical 
systems,  components,  and  materials 
used  to  control  and  effect  interior/ 
exterior  environments:  illumination, 
acoustics,  waste  disposal,  climate 
control. 

EN  310 
Design  Studio 

3  hours,  three  times  a  week 
4,5  credits/semester:  fall 
Problems  given  at  various  scales  and 
degrees  of  complexity:  interiors, 
architecture,  and  planning.  Emphasis 
shall  be  placed  on  design  procedure 
and  the  relationship  between 
programming  and  design  resolution. 
Prerequisite:  EN  211 

EN  311 
Design  Studio 

3  hours,  three  times  a  week 
4.5  credits/semester:  spring 
A  continuation  of  EN  310  with 
particular  emphasis  on  environments 
for  special  uses  and  populations. 
Prerequisite:  EN  310 


EN314  A&B 

Skills  n  —  Rendering 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  sprmg 
Instruction  in  the  use  of  various  media 
to  communicate  design  ideas. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  use  of 
rendering  as  a  design  tool  as  well  as 
a  method  of  presentation  to  clients. 

EN  316  A  &B 
Urban  Design 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
An  investigation  of  the  meaning  of 
urban  form  and  structure  and  the 
potential  of  architecture  at  the  scale 
of  the  city,  developed  by  the 
introduction  of  historical  precedent 
as  a  design  resource,  theory  and  tactics 
of  an  urban  design  method,  structured 
in  the  context  of  short  studio 
problems. 

EN  320 

Design  Seminar 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits:  fall 

Lectures,  field  trips,  and  discussions 
with  guests  and  staff  exploring  the 
elements  of  architectural,  interior, 
landscape,  and  urban  design. 
Emphasis  will  be  placed  on 
professional  accomplishments  and 
new  directions  in  environmental 
design.  Research  dealing  with  topic 
relevant  to  seminar  will  be  required. 


EN  4 10 
Design  Studio 

3  hours,  three  times  a  week 
4-5  credits/semester:  fall 
Larger  scale  projects  which  require 
orderly  analysis  of  program  and 
clarification  of  the  designer's  goals 
through  integration  of  visual  form, 
functional  relationships  and  building 
technologies.  Prerequisite:  EN  311 

EN  411 
Thesis 

3  hours,  three  times  a  week 
4.5  credits/ semester:  spring 
Unique  opportunity  for  students  to 
pursue  a  design  project  of  their  choice 
under  the  guidance  of  a  non-faculty, 
professional  designer.  Thesis  topic 
and  program  proposal  must  be 
approved  by  faculty  by  mid-term  fall 
semester.  Prerequisite;  EN  4 10 

EN413A&B 
Landscape  Design 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1 ,5  credits/  semester:  fall  and  spring 
An  introduction  to  landscape 
architecture:  site  analysis,  design  and 
environmental  systems.  Understanding 
is  developed  through  a  progression  of 
problems  from  urban  and  interior 
gardens  to  larger  scale  landscapes. 


EN414A&B 

Skills  in  —  Contract  Documents 

3  hours,  once  a  week 

1 .5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 

Instruction  in,  and  the  production  of,  a 

complete  set  of  documents  for 

construction,  including  working 

drawings,  contracts,  and 

specifications. 

EN  420 
Design  Seminar 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall 
Lectures,  field  trips,  and  discussions 
with  guests  and  staff,  similar  to 
EN  320.  Seniors  will  be  required  to 
research  a  topic  relevant  to  the 
seminar  and  make  a  verbal 
presentation  in  class. 

EN  430 

Portfolio  Development 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1  -5  credits/  semester:  spring 
Instruction  and  professional  assistance 
in  the  development  of  written, 
photographic  and  graphic  materials 
for  resume  and  portfolio  presentation. 


Those  students  interested  m  an  Interior 
Design  concentration  in  Environmental 
Design  may  substitute  any  of  the 
following  courses  to  fulhll  the 
departmental  elective  portion  of  their 
program. 


IN  301  E 
Furniture  Design 

1-5  credits 

IN  302  E 

Fabric  Production  and  Application 

1.5  credits 


GRAPHIC  DESIGN 


Graphic  Design  consists  of  the  organization  of  words,  symbols,  and 
pictorial  images  to  convey  information  and  feelings  about  products, 
services,  and  ideas.  The  program  of  the  department  stresses  the 
development  of  the  basic  thought  and  perceptual  skills  that  form  a  basis 
for  visual  communications. 

Larger  contexts  for  the  graphic  message,  such  as  sign  systems, 
publications,  exhibits,  packaging,  visual  identification  programs,  and 
other  publicity  modes,  are  explored  in  depth.  Value  throughout  is  placed 
on  thorough  research,  design  aesthetic  and  logical  clarity,  material 
integrity  and  concept  originality  during  the  developmental  process  and 
in  the  final  graphic  product. 

Throughout  the  three  years,  courses  in  graphic  application  are 
combined  with  exploratory  visual  studies  in  drawing,  color, 
photography,  and  typography.  In  addition,  the  Graphic  Design  Studio 
curriculum  is  supplemented  with  special  lecture  programs,  workshops 
vrith  designers  having  specific  professional  expertise,  and  field  trips  to 
studios,  print  shops,  and  paper  plants. 

All  faculty  members  are  actively  working  as  designers,  engaged  in  a 
variety  of  projects  for  business,  corporations,  institutions,  or  design 
studios. 

Graduates  work  in  design  groups  or  studios,  as  in-house  designers 
with  corporations,  publishers,  schools,  architects,  and  other  institutions, 
in  advertising  agencies,  or  as  independent  self-employed  designers. 


■"""  Faculty 


William  Longhauser,  Chairperson 
Hans-U.  Allemann 
David  Gibson 
Kenneth  Hiebert 


Joel  Katz 
Wayne  Stettler 
Christine  Zelinsky 


Graphic  Design  —  Required  Credits  per  Year 

Year 

Graphic 
Design 
Major 

Studio 
Electives 

Liberal 
Arts 

I                 Foundation 

18 

3 

12 

11                Sophomore 

18 

3 

12 

III              Junior 

16.5 

6 

12 

IV             Senior 

9 

12 

12 

Introductory  (Sophomore)  —  Required 


Credits 


GD210  Letterfonns 
GD  2 1 1    Descriptive  Drawing 
GD213  Basic  Design 
PF  2 1 1     Introduction  to  Photography  I 
Liberal  Arts 


6.0 
6,0 
6.0 
3.0 
12.0 


GD210 

Designs:  Letteriorms.  Symbols 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/  semester:  fall  and  spring 
An  understanding  of  major  historical 
type  styles  developed  through 
comparative  perceptual  studies. 
Includes  spontaneous  lettering, 
constructed  alphabets,  and  invented 
signs.  The  second  semester  includes  an 
introduction  to  typography. 

GD211 

Descriptive  Drawing 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Observation  and  drawing  analysis  of 
simple  man-made  objects.  Second 
semester  introduction  to  drawings 
from  organic  forms. 


PF211  A 

Introduction  to  Photography  I 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Introduction  to  basic  concepts, 
processes,  and  techniques  of 
photography  including  camera  usage, 
exposure,  darkroom  procedures, 
lighting,  and  their  controlled 
applications.  This  course  is  offered  by 
the  Photography  Department  and  has 
to  be  taken  in  the  first  or  second 
semester  of  the  sophomore  year. 

GD213 
Basic  Design 

6  hours,  once  a  week 

3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 

Developing  diverse  approaches  to 

solving  design  and  simple 
communications  problems.  Serial 
techniques  for  the  development  and 
evaluation  of  design  solutions. 


Intermediate  Qunior)  —  Required 


GD306  Typography 

GD  311   Communications 

GD310  Photo  Emphasis 

GD  315  Production  Seminar  (2nd-  or  3rd-year  requirement) 

Studio  El ectives 

Liberal  Arts 


6.0 
6.0 
3.0 

1.5 
6.0 

12,0 


GD300 

Drawing  tor  Graphic  Processes 

3  hours,  once  a  week  elective 
1 ,5  credits/semester:  fall  and  sprmg 
Observation  and  analysis  of  objects 
leading  to  formalized  modes  of 
drawing,  taking  into  consideration 
processes  of  reproduction. 
Prerequisite:  GD  211 


GD306 

Lab  A:  Typography  Emphasis 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/  semester:  fall  and  spring 
Study  of  the  organization  and  design 
of  verbal  information  in  relation  to 
other  graphic  elements. 


GD310 

Lab  B:  Photo  Emphasis 

6  hours,  once  a  week 

3  credits/semester:  fall 

The  refinement  of  photographic 

techniques  and  visualization  for  use  in 

communications  design. 

GD311 

Lab  C:  Conununications 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Elementary  communications  problems 
including  research.  Synthesis  of 
typographic-illustrative  content. 

GD314 
Advanced  Drawing 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1 .5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Experimentation  of  media  and 
introduction  to  figure  drawing. 


GD315 
Production  Seminar 

3  hours,  once  a  week 

1 .5  credits/semester 

A  course  to  familiarize  the  student  with 

the  technical  aspects  of  graphic 

reproduction,  services,  and  processes 

and  their  specification. 

GD322 
Packaging  Design 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
An  exploration  of  the  basic  disciplines 
of  packaging  including  folding 
cartons,  glass  and  plastic  containers, 
and  closures.  Marketing  objectives, 
research  material,  point -of-purchase, 
requirements  and  engineering 
constraints  will  be  covered. 
Prerequisite:  GD  213 

GD326 
Single  Image 

6  hours,  once  a  week 

3  credits/semester:  fall 

The  design  of  a  complete  publicity 

unit  as  exemplified  in  the  poster. 

Prerequisite:  GD  213,  GD  306 


A.dvanced  (Senior)  —  Required 


Credits 


GD  41 1   Identity  Programs 
GD421   Problem  Solving 
El  ectives 
Liberal  Arts 


6.0 
3.0 
12.0 
12.0 


GD411 

Lab  B:  Applied  Identity  Programs 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/ semester:  fall  and  sprmg 
The  application  of  programmatic 
studies  to  solve  problems  of 
identihcation  of  a  firm  or  organization 
as  required  in  a  variety  of  specihc 
situations  of  space,  scale,  and  material. 

GD421 

Lab  C:  Problem  Solving 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/ semester:  fall 
Developing  approaches  to  solving 
communications  problems  of  diverse 
character.  Increasingly  practical 
application.  Emphasis  on  developing 
multiple  responses  to  problems. 


GD423 
Publications  Design 

6  hours,  once  a  week 

3  credits/semester:  spring 

Prerequisite:  GD  207.  The  design  of 

publications  including  content,  image 

sequence,  production,  material 

interrelationship. 

Prerequisite:  GD  213,  GD  306 

GD425 

Graphic  Concepts 

6  hours,  once  a  week 

3  credits/ semester:  spring 

Practice  in  the  development  and 

application  of  texts  and  images  for 

mass  communications. 

Prerequisite:  GD  2 1 3,  GD  306, 

GD311 


ILLUSTRATION 


Illustrators  produce  visual  images  that  represent  or  extend  words  and 
ideas  in  the  fields  of  book  and  periodical  publishing,  education, 
advertising  in  all  its  forms,  and  television. 

Illustrators  do  not  work  alone:  in  their  creative  efforts  they 
collaborate  with  writers,  editors,  art  directors,  and  clients.  Since  the 
sum  of  their  efforts  is  generally  reproduced  through  either  printed  or 
electronic  media,  the  final  product  is  achieved  jointly  with  printers 
and/or  film  technicians.  In  this  collaborative  venture,  the  illustrator  is  a 
primary  force  for  aesthetic  quality  and  so  his  or  her  artistic  and 
technical  standards  must  be  of  the  highest  order.  The  advancement  of 
these  standards  is  a  most  important  aspect  of  the  student's  training  in 
the  College's  Illustration  Department. 

During  the  first  two  years  of  the  major  program  there  is  a  strong 
emphasis  on  drawing,  pictorial  composition,  design,  and  studies  in  the 
fine  arts  including  painting,  art  history,  and  photography.  Assignments 
are  both  basic  and  experimental  in  nature,  planned  to  give  a 
foundation  of  competence  and  analytical  perception,  v/hile  at  the 
same  time,  stimulating  creative  thought  processes  which  will  extend 
the  pupil's  conception  beyond  the  pragmatic  and  conventional.  As  the 
student  advances,  classroom  work  is  supplemented  by  more 
individualized  student-teacher  tutorial  relationships.  Advanced 
assignments  focus  more  specifically  on  the  demands  and  parameters  of 
commercial  illustration  problems.  Augmenting  the  entire  program  are 
visiting  critics  and  professionals  from  a  wide  variety  of  disciplines. 

All  instructors  are  practicing  professionals,  aware  of  today's 
qualitative  standards  and  the  constantly  changing  nature  of  illustration. 
The  overriding  goal  of  the  department  is  for  the  college-trained 
illustrator  to  be  an  innovator  and  leader  in  the  profession,  able  to 
handle  numerous  problems  competently  and  unvirilling  to  settle  for  the 
ordinary  either  in  specific  projects  or  in  his  or  her  professional  life  style. 

The  profession  has  developed  new  vitality  and  importance  in  the  last 
decade  and  affords  extremely  rewarding  opportunities.  However, 
prospective  illustrators  should  realize  that  it  is  also  a  highly 
competitive  and  demanding  profession.  The  student  of  illustration  must 
possess  conviction  and  a  positive  sense  of  dedication  to  hard  work  and 
to  the  fine  arts. 


Faculty 

Ruth  Lozner,  Co-Chairperson 
Robert  Stein,  Co-Chairperson 
Benjamin  Eisenstat 
Martha  Erlebacher 
Frank  Galuszka 
Albert  Gold 
James  Lakis 


John  Martin 
Michael  McNeil 
Edward  O'Brien 
Phyllis  Purves-Smith 
Peter  Schaumann 
Stephen  Tarantal 
Steven  Weiss 


Illustration  —  Required  Credits  per  Year 

Year 

Illustration 
Major 

Studio 
Electives 

Liberal 
Arts 

I                  Foundation 

18 

3 

12 

II                Sophomore 

16 

4.5 

12 

III               Junior 

17.5 

4.5 

12 

IV               Senior 

ll.S 

10.5 

12 

Introductory  (Sophomore)  —  Required 

Credits 

IL  200     Pictorial  Foundations  6  0 

IL  201     Design  Foundations  6  0 

IL  202     Figure  Anatomy  3.0 

IL  203     History  of  Illustration  1  0 

Studio  Electives  (Introduction  to  Photography  required)  4  5 

Liberal  Arts  12.0 


IL  200  A  &  B 
Pictorial  Foundations 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  ciedits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
The  first  semester  focuses  on  objective 
visual  perception  —  clarity  in  drawing 
and  technical  facility  will  be  stressed. 
The  second  semester,  which  will  have 
as  its  focus  a  workshop  introduction  to 
various  materials  and  techniques,  will 
allow  for  more  interpretive  and 
individual  conceptual  and  stylistic 
approaches. 

IL201  A&B 
Design  Foundations 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Design  is  viewed  as  a  process  that 
integrates  a  variety  of  factors  common 
to  problem  solving  —  problem 
definition,  research,  logic,  free 
association,  and  the  like  —  in 
conjunction  with  the  appropriate 
formal  visual  elements  (line,  shape, 
color,  proportion,  etc.).  Problem 
solutions  will  be  by  comparison  of 
options  rather  than  by  single  chance 
solutions.  In  the  second  semester,  the 
design  process  will  focus  on  indirect 
processes  (stencils,  xerography 
printing  horn  relief  surfaces)  as  well  as 
direct  drawing. 


IL  202  A 
Figure  Anatomy 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall 
Focuses  on  measurement,  proportion, 
and  geometry  of  the  human  figure. 
Analysis  of  the  space  around  the 
figure.  Further  concentration  on  the 
structure  and  continuity  of  the  hgure, 
emphasizing  the  skeleton.  Secondary 
attention  to  the  circulatory  and 
nervous  systems  and  to  internal 
organs.  Work  from  life  and  other 
sources.  Drawing  media. 

IL  202  B 
Figure  Anatomy 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  spring 
Continues  study  of  figure  geometry. 
Concentrates  on  muscle  anatomy,  with 
secondary  attention  to  surface 
anatomy  and  sense  organs.  Attention 
to  the  psychology  of  expression  and 
gesture.  Work  from  life  and  other 
sources.  Drav/ing  media. 


IL  203  A  &  B 
History  of  Illustration 

Fall,  1 V2  hours,  alternate  weeks 
,5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
A  series  of  lectures  highlighting  major 
trends  and  artists  in  the  field  of 
illustration.  The  historical  context  of 
illustration,  as  it  relates  to  varying 
societal  factors,  wiU  serve  as  the 
unifying  thread  for  this  brief  survey. 

IL206 

Materials  and  Techniques 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Workshop  in  classical  and 
contemporary  media  and  techniques. 
Areas  of  study  include  grounds  and 
supports  as  well  as  a  variety  of 
drawing  and  painting  media.  Home 
assignments  and  slide  lectures 
supplement  the  workshop  activity. 

IL207 
Calligraphy 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Classic  and  current  mformation  with 
emphasis  on  penmanship  —  cursive, 
uncials,  Spencerian  script,  and  Roman 
letter  forms  are  presented. 


IL208 
Letter  forms 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Investigation  of  classical  and  modem 
letterforms  with  emphasis  on 
contemporary  applications,  i.e.,  logo 
types,  posters,  and  a  variety  of  design 
formats.  Comprehensive  as  well  as 
finished  rendering  covered. 

PF  100E/PF211  A 
Introduction  to  Photo  I 

3  or  6  hours,  once  a  week 

1,5  or  3  credits/semester:  fall  or  spring 

Introduction  to  basic  concepts, 

processes,  and  techniques  of 

photography,  including  camera  usage, 

exposure,  darkroom  procedures, 

lighting,  and  their  continued 

applications. 

This  course  has  to  be  taken  in  the  first 

or  second  semester  of  the  sophomore 

year. 


Intermediate  Junior)  —  Required 


IL  300     Illustration  Methods 

IL  301     Design  Methods 

IL  206     Materials  and  Techniques 

IL  302     Figure  Utilization 

IL  305     Illustration  Forum 

Select  2  of  the  following  for  a  total  of  6  credits: 
IL  303     Illustration 
IL  304     Design  Groups 
IL  302     Figure  Utilization 

Studio  Electives 

Liberal  Arts 


3.0 
3.0 
3.0 
1.5 
1.0 

3.0 
3.0 
3.0 

4.5 
12.0 


IL300 

Illustration  Methods 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall 
This  course  deals  with  the 
development  of  primary  narrative 
imagery,  pictorial  illusion  and  space, 
and  their  combined  potential  for 
communication.  Initial  procedures 
focus  on  developing  visual  awareness 
and  concepts.  Direct  drawing 
situations  and  photographic  reference 
(existing  or  student  produced)  serve 
as  the  source  material  for  pictorial 
development.  Simultaneously,  various 
materials  and  technical  procedures 
will  be  examined  and  experimented 
with. 

IL301 

Design  Methods 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall 
Further  development  of  the  design 
process  in  conjunction  with  the 
requirements  and  options  available 
through  photo-mechanical  techniques. 
Projects  v/ill  deal  with  image/ 
typography  relationships  and  will  be 
presented  for  their  intrinsic  design 
interest  as  well  as  being  useful  as 
vehicles  to  understand  the  processes 
of  commercial  reproduction.  Previous 
photographic  and  indirect  image- 
making  experiences  will  be  continued 
and  built  on  at  this  level. 

IL302 

Figure  Utilization 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/ semester:  fall 
Studies  of  the  hgure  in  narrative 
contexts.  Work  from  single  and 
grouped  models,  nude  and  costumed. 
Concentration  on  developing 
narratives  from  different,  often 
combined,  resources.  Emphasis  is  on 
the  history  of  poses,  contexts,  and 
narrative  conventions. 


IL  305  A  &  B 
Illustration  Forum 

2  hours,  alternate  weeks 
.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Visiting  lectures,  symposia,  guest 
critics,  departmental  discussions. 

Li  the  spring  semester,  junior 
Illustration  students  have  a  choice  of 

2  of  the  following  electives: 

IL  302  B 

Figure  Utilization 

6  hours,  once  a  week 

3  credits/semester:  spring 
Combines  work  from  life  with  a  wide 
range  of  resources.  Composing  figures 
in  rational  space  with  a  convincing 
relation  to  the  environment  is  stressed. 
Emphasis  is  on  the  psychology  of 
expression,  especially  in  the  face, 
hands,  gesture.  Drawing  and  painting 
media. 

IL303 
Illustration 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  spring 
Personal  imagery  and  conceptual 
directions  are  further  developed  as 
students  show  facility  in  the  use  of 
source  material.  Clear  and  concise 
drawing,  complex  compositional 
arrangements,  and  color  and  tonal 
systems  are  practiced  and  discussed 
in  cormection  with  more  advanced 
painting  procedures.  Assignments 
and  lectures  will  focus  more 
specihcally  on  the  requirements  of 
applied  illustration. 

IL304 
Design  Groups 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/ semester:  spring 
Structure  of  this  class  wrill  involve  the 
formation  of  a  maximum  of  hve 
''groups,"  each  of  which  will  select 
one  project  from  a  pool  of  problems 
requiring  a  design  solution.  Following 
the  selection,  the  group  will  develop 
any  necessary  internal  structure  to 
allow  it  to  break  down  and  distribute 
individual  responsibilities.  Projects 
will  be  of  a  complexity  as  to  require 
the  full  semester  for  the  development 
and  implementation  of  the  solution. 


Advanced  (Senior)  —  Required 


Credits 


IL  400     Illustration 
IL  401      Graphic  Problems 
IL  405     Illustration  Forum 
IL  406     Business  Practices 
IL  403     Thesis 

Select  1  of  the  following  for  a  total  of  3  credits: 
IL  400     Illustration 
IL  402     Communications  Workshop 

Studio  Electives 

Liberal  Arts 


3.0 

3.0 

.5 

.5 

1.5 

3.0 
3.0 
10.5 
12.0 


IL400A 
Illustration 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall 
Assignments  revolve  around  specific 
areas  of  illustration  —  advertising, 
book,  documentary,  editorial,  and 
institutional.  Emphasis  is  on  solutions, 
both  practical  and  relevant  to 
professional  needs  and  demands. 

IL401 

Graphic  Problems 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/ semester:  fall 
Previous  design  experiences  in 
process  and  technique  are  synthesized 
and  applied  to  practical  problems.  A 
variety  of  traditional  formats  — 
posters,  book  and  record  jackets, 
folders,  and  the  like  —  vdll  be  worked 
with. 

IL403 
Thesis 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  spring 
Students  will  select,  from  a  wide  range 
of  suggested  projects,  a  thematic 
project  to  be  developed  over  the 
period  of  the  semester.  Results  of  the 
projects  will  be  evaluated  by  an 
outside  jury,  who  vrill  determine 
possible  recipients  of  the  William  Ely 
Travel  Award. 

IL405 
Illustration  Forum 

2  hours,  alternate  weeks 
.5  credits/semester:  fall 
Visiting  lectures,  symposia,  guest 
critics,  departmental  discussions. 


IL406 

Business  Practices 

IV2  hours,  alternate  weeks 
.5  credits/semester:  spring 
A  series  of  lectures  dealing  with 
varying  necessary  and  advantageous 
small  business  requirements.  Taxes, 
record  keeping,  agents,  contracts, 
pricing,  professional  associations, 
and  the  like  will  be  presented. 

In  the  spring  semester,  senior 
Illustration  students  have  a  choice  of 
one  of  the  following  electives: 


IL  400  B 
Illustration 

6  hours,  once  a  week 

3  credits/semester:  spring 

Continuation  of  above,  IL  400  A. 

IL402 

Communications  Workshop 

6-12  hours,  once  a  week 
3  or  6  credits/semester:  spring 
Structured  as  an  actual  studio,  the 
workshop  vnW  produce  visual  material 
for  a  variety  of  clients.  Some  of  the 
projects  wiU  be  assigned  by  the 
instructor;  however,  workshop 
members  will  be  encouraged  to  solicit 
additional  projects  of  either  an 
individual  or  group  nature.  Admission 
to  the  workshop  will  be  by  portfolio 
review  with  a  maximum  of  sixteen 
participants  to  be  selected.  Applicants 
from  related  departments  will  be 
considered. 


INDUSTRIAL  DESIGN 

Although  Industrial  Design  as  a  profession  is  relatively  young  and 
small  in  scale,  its  practitioners  have  had  a  major  impact  on  all  of  our 
lives.  Furniture,  appliances,  exhibits,  packaging,  graphics, 
transportation,  and  interior  design  are  only  a  few  of  the  areas  in  which 
the  industrial  designer  has  become  involved. 

Through  an  integrated  program  m  college,  the  student  learns  the 
skills,  processes,  and  attitudes  necessary  to  practice  as  a  professional. 
The  program  prepares  the  students  to  pursue  their  interests  in  any  one 
or  all  of  the  design  areas  mentioned. 

The  relationship  between  people,  cost,  convenience,  utility,  safety, 
production  processes,  and  rational  aesthetics  are  clarified  and  applied 
to  the  design  process. 

Today's  designer  interacts  with  many  other  disciplines  in  order  to 
develop  a  successful  project.  The  skill  of  communicating  effectively 
with  marketing,  planning,  advertising,  and  management  personnel  is 
explored  and  developed  as  an  important  segment  of  the  students' 
design  education. 

The  entire  process  is  augmented  by  a  program  of  visiting  guests 
drawn  from  these  disciplines  who  explore  current  and  future 
implications  of  design. 

Most  of  the  instructors  in  the  department  are  practicing  designers. 
However,  all  of  the  instructors  are  aware  of  the  need  to  continue  to 
raise  the  quality  of  design  solutions. 

The  graduating  industrial  designer  has  exciting  career  opportunities 
with  consulting  design  firms,  corporate  design  staffs,  educational  and 
research  organizations  as  well  as  a  growing  number  of  design-conscious 
government  agencies. 


Faculty 

Noel  Mayo,  Chairperson 
Jack  Andrews 
Virginia  Gehshan 
Abraham  Leibson 


Jack  McGarvey 
Joseph  Nicholson 
Petras  Vaskys 
Julian  Winston 


Industrial  Design  - 

Required  Credits  per  Year 

Year 

Industrial 
Design 
Major 

Studio 
Qectives 

Liberal 
Arts 

I                  Foundation 

18 

3 

12 

II                Sophomore 

18 

1.5 

12 

III                lunior 

15 

6 

12 

IV               Senior 

12 

9 

12 

Intermediate  (Junior)  —  Required 


Credits 


Introductory  (Sophomore)  —  Required 


Credits 


ID  210    Processes  6,0 

ID  211     Visual  Language  6.0 

ID  213    Design  Methods  6.0 

Studio  Qectives  (CR  252  Plaster  Workshop  Recommended)  3,0 

Liberal  Arts  12  0 


ID  201 

Conceptual  Drawing 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
A  drawing  class  concerned  with  the 
processes  of  getting  ideas  from  one's 
head  onto  paper.  The  course  is 
structured  with  the  design,  craft,  or 
illustration  student  in  mind  —  those 
who  would  wish  to  explore 
dimensional  forms  on  paper  before 
transferring  them  to  a  permanent 
material.  A  one-semester  course. 

ID  210 
Processes 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
The  exploration  and  study  of  the 
"hard"  and  ''soft"  information 
processes  that  are  used  by  designers. 
Various  problem-solving  techniques 
are  introduced  and  implemented. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  written 
word  as  a  method  of  communication. 
Several  short  research  papers  are 
required.  The  student  is  given  a 
grounding  in  basic  technology  and 
science  including:  wood,  metal,  and 
plastic  technology,  optics,  mechanics, 
basic  electronics,  and  energy  systems. 


ID  211 

Visual  Languages 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
The  study  and  application  of  the 
language  and  visual  systems  that  are 
used  by  designers  to  deal  with  the 
concerns  and  problems  between 
people,  technology,  and  the 
environment.  Two-  and  three- 
dimensional  concepts  are  combined 
vfiih.  form,  drawing,  and  graphic  skills 
while  studying  methods  of  practical 
application. 

ID213 

Design  Methods 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  spring  and  fall 
A  course  combining  the  teaching  of 
the  "tools"  of  designer  mechanical 
drawing,  perspective  drawing,  basic 
shop  techniques,  and  model  making. 
Field  trips  are  taken  to  industrial 
manufacturers  to  acquaint  the 
students  with  advanced  production 
methods. 


ID  301     Design  Seminar 
ID  310     Design  Studio 
ID  31 1     Graphic  Design 
ID  312    Exhibit  Design 
Studio  Electives 
Liberal  Arts 


3.0 
6.0 
3.0 
3.0 
6.0 
12.0 


ID  301 

Design  Seminar 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
A  forum  for  the  discussion  and  study 
of  current  ideas  within  the  design 
field.  Presentations  made  by  the  staff 
and  guest  lecturers. 

ID  302 

Visual  Techniques 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/ semester;  fall  and  spring 
The  first  semester  is  used  to  develop 
proficiency  in  the  use  of  Lawson 
Charts  as  a  means  of  making 
measured  drawings.  The  second 
semester  is  devoted  to  developing 
effective  drawing  techniques  for 
precise  descriptions  of  surface,  color, 
and  material,  using  pastels,  markers, 
prismacolor,  and  other  designer's 
materials. 

ID  303 

Industrial  Materials  and  Processes 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Films,  lectures,  and  field  trips  are  used 
to  famiharize  students  with  industrial 
fabrication  processes  for  wood,  metal, 
and  plastics;  techniques  such  as  die 
making,  injection  molding,  blow 
molding,  laser  cutting,  explosion 
forming,  etc.  Emphasis  placed  on  the 
study  of  material  characteristics  and 
their  appropriate  use  with  forming 
methods. 


ID  310 
Design  Studio 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
A  study  of  design  methodology  related 
to  designing  for  mass  production. 
Most  projects  are  conducted  with  the 
help  of  consultants  from  industry. 
Problems  are  given  in  product  design, 
packaging,  exhibition  design, 
transportation  design. 

ID  311 
Graphic  Design 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1 .5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
An  intensive  workshop  in  the 
structuring  of  visual  and  typ>ographic 
information  as  they  relate  to  the 
industrial  designer.  Clear  approaches 
are  explored  on  the  application  of 
this  information  to  products, 
packaging,  stationery,  etc. 

ID  312 
Exhibit  Design 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/ semester:  fall  and  spring 
The  exploration  of  the  exhibit  design 
process;  the  collection  of  information, 
planning,  traffic  flow,  display  and 
communication  techniques.  Exhibit 
design  requires  the  extensive  use  of 
all  the  designer's  skills. 


Advcmced  (Senior)  —  Required 


Credits 


ID  401     Industrial  Design  Seminar 

ID  410     Studio  I 

ID  41 1     Portfolio  Preparation 

Studio  Electives 

Liberal  Arts 


6.0 
3-0 
9.0 
12.0 


ID  401 

Industrial  Design  Seminar 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/seminai:  fall  and  spring 
A  forum  for  the  discussion  and  study 
of  current  ideas  within  the  design 
field.  Presentations  made  by  the  staff 
and  guest  speakers.  The  course 
reqiiires  a  term  paper  concerned  with 
the  issues  considered. 

ID  402 

Advanced  Design  Workshop 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
A  workshop  where  each  student  deals 
with  problems  of  an  advanced  nature 
of  his  own  choosing. 


ID  410 
Studio  I 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
The  first  semester  is  devoted  to  the 
solution  of  design  problems  offered  by 
selected  industries  and  is  a 
continuation  of  ID  310.  The  second 
semester  provides  the  student  with  an 
opportunity  to  work  on  a  twelve-week 
problem:  the  time  is  divided  between 
research,  thematic  development, 
design,  and  presentation. 

ID  411 

Portfolio  Preparation 

3  hours,  once  a  week 

1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 

Instruction  and  guidance  in  the 

preparation  of  professional  stationery, 

resume,  portfolio,  and  slide 

presentation. 


PAINTING  AND  DRAWING 

In  preparing  students  for  a  career  in  the  fine  arts,  the  Painting  and 
Drawing  Department  concerns  itself  primarily  with  the  problems  of 
two-dimensional  work.  The  study  of  sculptural  and  environmental  forms 
is  not  overlooked,  however,  since  the  nature  of  contemporary  painting 
and  drawing  has  been  much  influenced  by  these  concerns  in  recent 
years.  The  department  places  great  emphasis  on  the  fundamentals  of 
painting  and  drawing  as  skills,  involving  both  materials  and 
techniques.  Concurrently,  emphasis  is  given  to  the  development  of  the 
individual's  initiative  and  capacity  for  self-criticism. 

Although  required  drawing  credits  are  minimal,  drawing  is  strongly 
recommended.  Expanded  course  offerings  are  available  in  this  area  for 
students  wishing  to  seriously  pursue  a  drawing/painting  career. 

A  faculty  of  practicing  professional  artists  presents  the  students  with 
a  structured  sequence  of  problems,  exploring  the  field  from  the 
rudiments  of  pictorial  organization  to  the  refinements  of  aesthetic 
interpretation.  Studio  work  is  augmented  by  seminars,  courses  in  theory, 
programs  of  visiting  lecturers,  and  held  trips  to  various  museums  in 
Philadelphia,  suburban  Pennsylvania,  and  bordering  states.  This 
supplementary  curriculum  is  designed  to  expand  the  student's 
conceptual  range,  capacity  for  criticism,  and  personal  vision.  At  the 
end  of  the  sophomore  and  junior  years,  students  will  have  a  year-end 
review  of  their  work.  Several  Painting  Department  faculty  members 
will  determine  whether  the  student  should  be  advanced  to  the  next 
level  or  be  required'  to  repeat  courses. 

Qualified  painting  majors  at  PCA  have  a  unique  opportunity  to 
spend  one  semester  living,  working,  and  studying  under  the  auspices 
of  the  Artists  for  Environment  Program.  For  more  information  see 
Cooperative  and  Exchange  Programs. 


Faculty 

Cynthia  Carlson,  Co-Chairperson 

Gerald  Nichols,  Co-Chairperson 

Eugene  Baguskas 

Will  Barnett 

Morris  Berd 

Sarah  Canright 

Dante  Cattani 

Larry  Day 

Fred  Gutzeit 

Albert  Gold 

Gerald  Herdman 

Steven  Jaffa 


Annson  Kenney 
David  Kettner 
Robert  Keyser 
Robert  McGovem 
Edith  Neff 
Jane  Piper 
Boris  Putterman 
Warren  Rohier 
Harry  Soviak 
Doris  Staffel 
Thomas  Stearns 
Lily  Yeh 


.i  -  v**A  ^      ■'*«:* 


The  Department  of  Painting  and 
Drawing  seeks  to  offer  students 
alternative  aesthetic  and  stylistic 
approaches  to  the  visual  arts.  For  this 
reason  sections  of  identically 
numbered  courses,  taught  by  different 
instructors,  may  have  some 


programmatic  differences.  Students 
registering  for  these  courses  will  be 
provided  with  descriptive  statements 
clarifying  the  intentions,  goals,  and 
procedures  anticipated  by  the 
instructor  assigned  to  each  section. 


Painting  and  Drawing  - 

-  Required  Credits  per  Year 

Year 

Painting  & 

Drawing 

Major 

Studio 
Electives 

Liberal 
Arts 

I                 Foiindation 

18 

3 

12 

II                Sophomore 

16.5 

4.5 

12 

III                Junior 

15 

6 

12 

IV              Senior 

13.5 

6 

12 

Introductory  (Sophomore)  —  Required 


Credits 


PT  201     Representational  Painting 

PT  203    Non-Representational  Painting 

PT  201     or  203  Second  Semester 

DR207   Drawing  Problems 

PT  219    Painting  Practices 

PT  217    Media  and  Techniques 

Studio  Electives 

Liberal  Arts 


3.0 
3.0 
3.0 
3.0 
1.5 
3.0 
4.5 
120 


PT201 

Representational  Painting 

6  hours,  once  a  week 

3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 

An  introduction  to  painting  from 

nature.  The  figure,  landscape,  and  still 

life  may  be  employed  as  subject 

matter. 

PT203 

Non-Representational  Painting 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/ semester:  fall  and  spring 
An  introduction  to  abstract  and 
nonobjective  concepts  in  painting. 


PT217 

Media  and  Techniques 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Investigation  through  lectures, 
demonstrations,  and  in-class  work  of 
the  diverse  materials  and  methods  of 
the  painter.  Pigments,  binders, 
grounds  and  their  supports, 
presentation  and  conservation  are 
studied  in  depth. 

PT219 

Painting  Practices 

1 .5  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
This  course  is  a  historical  survey  of 
attitudes  and  form  as  regards  various 
schools,  movements,  and  individuals  ir 
the  recent  history  of  painting. 


PT221 

Beginning  Painting 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/ semester;  fall  and  spring 
A  general  introduction  for  beginning 
students  concerned  with  the 
organization  of  elements  and  the 
manipulation  of  materials,  taught  with 
the  references  provided  by  art  history, 
past  and  present. 

DR205 

Descriptive  Drawing 

3  hours,  once  a  week 

1.5  credits/ semester:  fall  and  spring 

This  course  covers  the  many 

techniques  that  may  be  used  for 

describing  objects,  animate  and 

inanimate,  and  locating  them  in 

space. 

DR207 

Drawing  Problems 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Introduction  to  various  kinds  of 
drawings  as  defined  through  historical 
uses;  for  example,  drawing  as 
preparatory  sketch,  as  diary,  as 
finished  product,  etc. 

DR209 
Oriental  Media 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Explores  various  Oriental  painting 
techniques  and  materials,  such  as 
brush  and  ink  on  mulberry  paper,  etc. 
Students  are  not  taught  to  paint  in 
Oriental  styles.  They  are  expected, 
through  practice,  to  formulate  their 
own  techniques  and  images. 

DR211 
Aqueous  Media 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1,5  credits/semester;  fall  and  spring 
An  introduction  to  the  art  and  craft  of 
transparent  and  opaque  {watercolor 
and  gouache)  painting.  The  student 
learns  how  these  media  may  serve 
personal  goals  in  both  perceptual 
and  conceptual  painting. 


DR213 

Anatomy  and  the  Figure 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1 .5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
This  course  gives  the  student  the 
opportunity  to  investigate  the  basic 
visual  structure  of  the  human  figure  — 
both  skeletal  and  muscular.  During 
the  second  semester,  the  human  head 
will  be  studied  as  well  as  basic 
positions  of  the  figure  with  their 
context. 

DR215 

Pastel  Drawing 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/ semester:  fall  and  spring 
Response  to  color  line  and  color  mass 
constitute  the  direction  of  course 
format.  Inventiveness  of  technique 
and  facility  of  application  are 
directed  toward  expansion  of  the 
individual's  approach  to  this  media. 

DR223 

Figure  Drawing 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1,5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Principles  of  figure  drawing,  including 
proportion,  motion,  form  and  structure, 
including  some  anatomy,  light  and 
shade,  and  variety  of  handling. 


Intermediate  (Junior)  —  Required 


Credits 


PT  401    Advanced  Painting  12.0 

or 

PT403    Multi-Media  12.0 

PT411    Art  Theories  1.5 

PT413    Artist  in  Society  1.5 

Studio  Qectives  (Junior  majors  must  elect  3  credits  in 

Advanced  Drawing)  6.0 

Liberal  Arts  12  0 


Advanced  (Senior)  —  Required 


Credits 


PT  401    Advanced  Painting 


PT403    Multi-Media 
PT  409    Senior  Seminar 


Studio  Electives  {Senior  majors  must  elect  3  credits  in 
Advanced  Drawing) 
^Liberal  Arts 


12.0 

1.5 


6.0 
12.0 


'  In  the  second  semester  of  the  senior 
year,  students  will  be  expected  to 
formulate  a  thesis  project  as  the 
content  of  their  advanced  painting 
courses.  This  project  will  be  reviewed 
by  the  members  of  the  Painting/ 
Drawing  Department  faculty. 

PT401 

Advanced  Painting 

6  hours,  once  a  week  or  3  hours,  twice 
a  week 

3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
The  course  intends  to  cultivate  the 
student's  ability  to  work 
independently.  Projects  will  be 
encouraged  rather  than  assignments. 
The  work  may  be  representational  or 
not  and  may  employ  various  media. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  procedures  for 
gathering,  recording,  and  organizing 
visual  information.  As  dictated  by  the 
individual  student's  needs,  inquiry 
and  experiment  in  areas  of  art  history 
and  visual  perception  will  be 
encouraged. 


PT403 

Multimedia/Comparative  Aesthetics 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
A  format  for  the  presentation  of  visual, 
verbal,  and  auditory  aesthetics  with 
special  attention  given  to  the 
peculiarities  posited  by  any 
classification  system  dealing  with  the 
innately  trans-systematic  discourse 
of  art. 

DR405 

Advanced  Drawing 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Drawing  taught  as  depiction, 
organization,  metaphor,  and  object. 


PT407 
Tutorial 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/ semester;  fall  and  spring 
For  painting  majors  only.  One-houi 
individual  appointments  once  every 
three  weeks  to  review  and  discuss,  on 
a  one-to-one  basis,  the  concerns  and 
forms  adopted  by  the  student  in  the 
unsupervised  pursuit  of  his  or  her 
work. 

PT409 

Senior  Seminar 

1.5  houis,  once  a  week 

1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 

A  forum  in  which  senior  students 

discuss  formal,  philosophical,  and 

poetic  concerns  in  their  work. 

Emphasis  is  placed  on  student 

participation. 


PT411 

Art  Theories 

1.5  hours,  once  a  week 

1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 

A  lecture  class  dealing  with  the 

nature  and  effect  of  various  aesthetic 

theories. 

PT413 

Artist  in  Society 

2  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
A  study  of  the  cultural,  political,  and 
economic  forces  that  affect  art  and 
artist.  An  investigation  of  the  structure 
of  the  art  world  and  how  reciprocal 
meanings  establish  themselves 
between  society  and  art. 


Graduate  —  Required 


PT500 

Advanced  Education/Painting 

Seminar 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1,5-7,5  credits/semester:  fall  and 
spring 

A  tutorially  taught  class  with  one-to- 
one  discussions  attempting  to  assist 
students  in  pursuing  ideas  and  works 
originating  with  them.  In  addition, 
one-to-group  participation  will  be 
encouraged. 


PHOTOGRAPHY/riLM 

Photography  and  Film  encompass  a  broad  range  of  forms  and  functions. 
As  descriptive  and  interpretive  media  they  serve  to  record  and  define 
our  social  and  physical  environment.  Pursued  for  their  expressive  and 
creative  possibilities,  they  reveal  and  shape  attitudes,  concepts,  and 
feelings.  The  Photography  and  Film  department  concerns  itself  with 
this  whole  spectrum,  within  which  students  are  helped  both  to  develop 
a  personal  vision  and  to  acquire  the  appropriate  tools  and  discipline 
to  pursue  it. 

The  department's  programs  are  designed  to  move  the  student  in  a 
thorough,  orderly  progression  through  the  principal  problems  and 
materials  of  the  held,  while  permitting  ample  opportunities  for 
individual  interest  to  find  outlets  in  special  concentrations  or  emphases. 
During  the  first  year  of  the  program,  the  student  explores  both 
photography  and  filmmaking,  not  only  for  the  specific  concerns  of  each 
but  also  as  interrelated  disciplines.  After  the  initial  year,  the 
photography  or  film  major  concentrates  on  a  program  of  study  in  his  or 
her  chosen  area,  although  work  in  the  other  medium  may  be  continued 
on  an  elective  basis. 

Within  the  still-photography  area,  students  may  place  special 
emphasis  on  their  work  in  any  of  the  department's  principal  directions, 
including  color  printing,  studio  photography,  multimedia  performance 
as  well  as  to  contemporary  black-and-white  concerns.  In  the  filmmaking 
area,  specialized  concentrations  are  available  in  independent 
filmmaking,  cinematography  and  production,  and  animation.  Although 
there  is  no  formal  provision  for  a  dual  major,  there  is  an  opportunity  for 
students  to  combine  photography/ him  concentration  in  tandem  with 
other  departments. 

Graduates  work  in  studios,  in  advertising  agencies,  as  in-house 
photographers  with  corporations,  publishers,  schools,  television  stations, 
and  other  institutions  or  as  independent  self-employed  photographers. 
Some  graduates  pursue  careers  in  other  fields  while  practicing 
photography  or  filmmaking  as  an  avocation.  Other  graduates  have 
entered  graduate  school  to  prepare  for  teaching  careers. 


Faculty 

Ron  Walker,  Chairperson 
Howard  Danelowitz 
Eric  Duist 
Tom  Goodman 
Gerald  Greenfield 


Alfred  Ignarri 
Ron  Kanter 
Ray  K.  Metzker 
Thomas  Poiett 
Peter  Rose 


Photography  —  Required  Credits  per  Year 

Year 

Photography 
Major 

Studio 
eectives 

Liberal 
Arte 

I                 Foundation 

18 

3 

12 

11                Sophomore 

13.5 

4.5 

12 

III               lunior 

15 

6-9 

12 

IV               Senior 

15 

6-9 

12 

Introductory  (Sophomore)  —  Required 

Credits 

Intermediate  (lunior)  Required 


Credits 


PF210  Introduction  to  Filmmaking  I.  II 
PF  2 11  Introduction  to  Photography  I,  II 
PF215    Photo  Materials 

Studio  Electives 

Liberal  Arts  (Art  History/Photo  History) 

Liberal  Arts  (other) 


6,0 
6.0 
1.5 
4.5 
6.0 
6-0 


PF210A 

Introduction  to  Filmmaking  I 

6  hours,  once  a  week 

3  credits/ semester:  fall 

An  introduction  to  the  mechanics  and 

techniques  of  silent  tilminaking  — 

principles  of  shooting  and 

composition  —  lighting,  the  logic  of 

arrangement,  and  editing. 

PF210B 

Introduction  to  Filmmaking  II 

6  hours,  once  a  week 

3  credits/ semester:  spring 

A  continuation  of  PF  210  A  with 

emphasis  on  more  experimental 

modes:  image  and  time  manipulations, 

multiple  projections,  and  an 

introduction  to  sound  concepts  and 

techniques.  Prerequisite:  PF  210  A 

PF211  A 

Introduction  to  Photography  I 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
hitroduction  to  basic  concepts, 
processes,  and  techniques  of 
photography  including  camera  usage, 
exposure,  darkroom  procedures, 
lighting,  and  their  controlled 
applications.  Required  for  admission 
to  photography  courses  above  PF  21 1. 


PF211  B 

Introduction  to  Photography  II 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Continuation  of  normative  approach 
to  black-and-white,  small  camera 
methods.  Technical  controls  are 
strengthened  as  a  basis  for  exploring 
modes  of  seeing. 

PF215 

Photo  Materials 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
A  nonproduction  course  acquainting 
students  with  less  traditional  black- 
and-white  materials  through 
experimentation  with  films,  papers, 
and  chemistry,  and  with  basic 
functions  of  color  in  photography  and 
film  through  practical  work  with  color 
transparency  materials. 
Prerequisite:  PF211  A 


PF311      Intermediate  Workshop 

PF313     Basic  Studio 

PF  3 1 7     Color  Printing  Workshop 

Choice  of  one  of  the  following: 
PF  313  B  The  Constructed  Subjea 
PF315      Studio  Workshop 
PF318      Interacting  Images 
PF  323      Selected  Topics 

Studio  Electives 

Liberal  Arts  (Art  History/Photo  History) 

Liberal  Arts  (other) 


6.0 
3.0 
3.0 

3.0 
3.0 
3.0 

3.0 

6-9.0 

6.0 

6.0 


PF311  A&B 
Intermediate  Workshop 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester;  fall  and  spring 
Exploration  of  photographic  imagery 
through  a  series  of  problems  aimed  at 
personal  vision  and  creative  growth. 
Prerequisite:  PF  21 1  A  &  B,  PF  2 1 5 

PF313A 
Basic  Studio 

6  hours,  once  a  week 

3  credits/semester:  fall 

Introduction  to  studio  techniques,  use 

of  the  4"  X  5"  camera,  and  artificial 

lighting. 

Prerequisite:  PF  21 1  A  &  B 

PF313B 

The  Constructed  Subject 

6  hours,  once  a  week 

3  credits/semester:  spring 

An  approach  emphasizing  the 

photographer's  responsibility  for 

assembling  and  directing  all  aspects 

of  the  picture. 

Prerequisite:  PF313A 

PF315 

Studio  Workshop 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Intensive  practice  of  studio 
techniques,  with  emphasis  on 
controlled  lighting,  large-  and  small- 
scale  set-ups,  view  camera  usage  with 
both  color  and  black/white  materials. 
Prerequisite:  PF  2 1 1  A 


PF317 

Color  Printing  Worlcshop 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/ semester:  fall  and  spring 
Introduction  to  traditional  methods  of 
color  printing,  leading  to  an 
exploration  of  the  technical  and 
creative  possibilities  of  color  in 
photography. 
Prerequisite:  PF211  A 

PF318 
Interacting  Images 

6  hours,  once  a  week 

3  credits/semester:  spring 

A  study  of  how  meaning  is  affected  by 

the  ordering  of  discrete  images. 

Sequences  are  programmed  for  slide 

projection. 

Prerequisite:  PF211  A 

PF319 

Large  Format  Photography 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Production  course  using  the  4"  x  5"  or 
8"  X  10"  view  camera,  directed 
toward  a  mastery  of  the  basic 
techniques  and  an  understanding  of 
the  potentials  of  large  format 
photography.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
the  use  of  the  view  camera  outside  of 
the  studio. 
Prerequisite;  PF  211  A 


PF321 
Selected  Topics 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1-5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Study  ol  one  or  more  various  media, 
methods,  or  problems  in  still 
photography,  to  be  offered  according 
to  the  instructor's  interests  and 
students'  requests.  Prerequisites:  may 
vary  with  topic. 


PF323 
Selected  Topics 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  or  spring 
Study  of  one  or  more  various  media, 
methods,  or  problems  in  still 
photography  to  be  offered  according 
to  the  instructor's  interests  and 
students'  requests.  Prerequisites:  may 
vary  with  topic. 


Advanced  (Senior)  —  Required 


PF411    Advanced  Photography 
PF  4 15    Criticism  Seminar 

Choice  ol: 
PF413    Professional  Practices 
PF323    Selected  Topics 

Studio  Electives 

Liberal  Arts 


Credits 


6.0 
6.0 

3.0 

3.0 

6-9.0 

12,0 


Film- 

-  Required  Credits  per  Year 

Year 

Film 
Major 

Studio 
Electives 

Uberol 
Arts 

I                  Foundation 

18 

3 

12 

II 

Sophomore 

12 

4.5 

12 

III 

lunior 

15 

6 

12 

IV 

Senior 

15 

6 

12 

Introductory  (Sophomore)  —  Required 


PF  2 1 0    Introduction  to  Filmmaking  I II 
PF  21 1     Introduction  to  Photography  I 
PF  2 12    Introduction  to  Animation 

Studio  Electives 

Liberal  Arts  (Art  History/Photo  History) 

Liberal  Arts  (other) 


Credits 


6.0 
3.0 
3.0 
4.5 
6.0 
6.0 


PF411  A&B 
Advanced  Photography 

6  hours,  once  a  week 

3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 

Continuation  of  Junior  Workshop; 

work  on  long-term  individual  project 

or  shorter-term  problems  to  develop 

technical,  aesthetic,  and  conceptual 

mastery  of  the  medium. 

Prerequisite:  2  credits  in  Photography 

mcludingPF311. 

PF413 

Professional  Practices 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/ semester:  fall  and  spring 
Study  of  the  practice  of  professional 
photography,  with  attention  to  various 
career  opportunities,  portfolio 
presentation,  business  practices, 
professional  ethics,  photographic  law, 
and  personal  objectives.  A  variety  of 
professional  guests  visit  the  course. 
Prerequisite;  PF  313 


PF415  A&B 
Criticism  Seminar 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/ semester:  fall  and  spring 
An  analysis  of  contemporary  criticism 
intended  for  both  film  and 
photography  students.  Extensive 
reading  and  some  writing,  with  some 
attention  to  current  showings  and 
exhibitions. 

PF499 
Practicum 

3  or  6  hours  arranged 

1.5-3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 

Prerequisite:  Major  with  PF  211  B 

PF999 
Independent  Project 

2  to  6  hours,  arranged 

1-3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 

Prerequisite;  Major  with  PF  21 1  B 


PF  212  A  &  B  (For  B-Prerequisite 

212  A) 

Introduction  to  Animation 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
A  workshop  class  covering  basic 
theory,  techniques,  and  practice  of 
drawn,  stop-action,  and  graphic 
ammation.  Students  execute  a  series 
of  assigned  exercises  and  complete 
a  short  him  using  selected  animation 
techniques. 


PF218 
Creative  Soimd 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/ semester;  fall  and  spring 
A  course  dealing  with  the  production, 
utilization,  and  organization  of  sound 
as  a  medium  unto  itself.  The  classical 
studio  techniques  such  as  editing, 
tape  over,  and  mixing  will  be 
explored  as  well  as  the  use  of  the 
ARP  2600  electromc  music 
synthesizer.  The  course  deals  with 
both  production  and  history  of 
recorded  sound  as  an  artistic 
endeavor. 


Intermediate  (Junior)  —  Required 


Credits 


PF  3 10    Cinematography  and  Production  Workshop 

PF314    Film  Form 

PF320    Film  Sound 

PF  322    Film  Technology 

Studio  Electives 

Liberal  Arts  (Art  History/Photo  History) 

Liberal  Arts  (other) 


6.0 
3.0 
3.0 
3.0 
6.0 
6.0 
6.0 


PF310A&B 

Cinematography  and  Production 

Workshop 

6  hours  a  week 

3  credits/  semester:  fall  and  spring 
Production  techniques  in  actual 
iilming  situations:  starting  from  the 
script  through  budgeting,  script 
breakdown,  camera  work,  and  editing 
to  the  finished  release  print.  Students 
are  expected  to  execute  specific 
assignments  in  lighting,  editing,  and 
sound  and  are  introduced  to  synch- 
sound  procedures.  Prerequisite: 
PF210AC&B 

PF314 
Film  Form 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
A  study  of  the  aesthetics  of  cinema 
through  an  examination  of  the 
elements  of  film  language  and  film 
as  a  visual  art.  Specifically,  the  course 
is  a  theoretical  and  practical  inquiry 
into  the  ways  in  which  visual  and 
aural  elements  are  used  to  explore 
and  produce  artistic  meaning. 
Prerequisite:  PF  2 1 0  B  or  PF  2 1 2  B 

PF316 

Film  Directing 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Translation  of  him  script  into  film 
reality,  approached  through  the  study 
of  narrative  and  dramatic  continuity 
in  selected  hlms  and  tlirough  practical 
exercises  in  the  problems  of  directing. 
Prerequisite:  PF  310  A 


PF  320  A  &  B 
Film  Sound 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1 .5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Introduction  to  the  application  of 
sound  in  hhn,  with  instruction  and 
practice  in  the  use  of  sound-recording 
equipment,  mixers,  sound  transfer, 
editing,  and  general  techniques. 
During  the  second  semester,  the 
student  completes  a  sound  track  for 
a  film  in  conjunction  with 
Cinematography  and  Production 
Workshop,  Animation,  or  Advanced 
Filmmaking. 
Prerequisite:  PF  210  B  or  PF  212  B 

PF  322  A  &  B 
Film  Technology 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/ semester:  fall  and  spring 
An  examination  of  some  of  the 
technical  materials  and  procedures 
that  complement  the  hlmmaker's 
production  skills.  Basic  electronics, 
optical  printing,  editing  procedures, 
mechanical  skills.  Second  term 
considers  the  aesthetic  implications 
of  some  of  these  concepts. 
Prerequisite:  PF  210  B  or  PF  212  B 


Advanced  (Senior)  —  Required 


Credits 


PF410    Advanced  Cinematography  and  Production  Workshop  6  0 

PF414    Filmmaking  Seminar  3  0 

PF415    Criticism  Seminar  6  0 

Studio  Electives  6.0 

Liberal  Arts  12  0 


PF410A&B 

Advanced  Cinematography  and 

Production  Workshop 

6  hours  a  week 

3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 

Continuation  of  PF  310. 

Increased  independence  is  required  of 

senior  majors. 

Prerequisite:  PF  310  B,  PF  320,  PF  322 


PF414A&B 
Filmmaking  Seminar 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1-5  credits/ semester:  fall  and  spring 
Screening  and  criticism  of  student 
work.  Emphasis  is  on  the  personal  film 
and  animated  films,  in  distinction  from 
dramatic  and  documentary  film. 
Intended  to  serve  as  a  context  for 
pursuing  advanced  independent 
production  in  film  and  animation. 
Prerequisite:  PF310BorPF312 


Animation 


Introductory  (Sophomore)  —  Required 


Credits 


PF210  Introduction  to  Filmmaking  I 
PF  2 1 1  Introduction  to  Photography  I 
PF  2 1 2  Introduction  to  Animation  I.  II 
PF215    Photo  Materials 

Studio  Electives 

Liberal  Arts  (Art  History/Photo  History) 

Liberal  Arts  (other) 


3.0 
3.0 
6.0 
1.5 
4.5 
6.0 
6.0 


Intermediate  (Junior)  —  Required 


Credits 


PF  3 1 2    Animation  Workshop 

PF320    Film  Sound 

PF  322    Film  Technology 

Studio  Electives 

Liberal  Arts  (Art  History/Photo  History) 

Liberal  Arts  (other) 


6.0 
3.0 
3.0 
9.0 
6.0 
6.0 


PF312  A&B 
Animation  Workshop 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
A  continuation  of  PF  212  B,  with 
increased  independence  and 


emphasis  on  individual  production  of 
animated  films.  May  be  repeated. 
Prerequisite:  212  B 


Advanced  (Senior)  —  Required 


Credits 


PF  4 1 2    Advanced  Animation 
PF  415    Criticism  Seminar 

Studio  Electives 

Liberal  Arts 


6.0 
6.0 
9.0 
12.0 


PF  412  A&B 
Advanced  Animation 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Long-term  independent  project. 
Prerequisite:  PF  312  A  &  B 


PRINTMAKING 


The  Printmaking  Department  offers  extensive  facilities  and  expertise 
for  work  in  traditional  and  contemporary  print  methods.  The  major 
graphic  media  —  relief,  etching  (intaglio),  lithography,  and 
screenprinting  —  are  studies  in  both  traditional  and  experimental 
modes.  During  the  three-year  period  of  study,  emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
unique  evolution  of  each  student  toward  an  individualized  use  of  the 
graphic  processes.  This  is  a  multidimensional  program  in  printmaking 
with  additional  stimulation  provided  by  optional  courses  in  related 
areas. 

The  department's  objectives  are  the  development  of  conceptual 
abilities,  technical  prohciencies,  a  broad-based  experience,  diversely 
multidirectional  in  range  of  possibilities  of  self-expression,  as  well  as 
career  entry  competencies. 

Creative  Concepts  courses  focus  particular  attention  on  the 
development  of  visual  images  from  the  initial  conception  through  a 
process  of  articulation  to  a  completed  resolution.  Visiting  artists,  field 
trips,  and  guest  lectures  supplement  studio  experience.  Courses  in  Book 
Design  stimulate  experimentation  in  joining  the  elements  of  paper  (as 
well  as  other  materials),  prints,  typography,  construction,  and 
bookbinding. 

The  Printmaking  Department  workshop  experience  is  enriched  by 
firsthand  encounters  with  original  fine  prints  in  outstanding 
Philadelphia  collections.  A  Print  Study  Seminar  is  held  at  the  Print 
Department  of  the  Philadelphia  Museum  of  Art.  The  seminar  and  visits 
to  other  area  museums  and  collections  to  see  original  prints  ranging 
from  the  fifteenth  to  the  twentieth  century  facilitate  and  extend  the 
students'  investigation  of  the  graphic,  symbolic,  and  aesthetic 
characteristics  inherent  in  each  medium. 

Department  graduates  may  choose  to  continue  their  development 
with  graduate  studies  or  find  more  immediate  application  of  their  quest 
for  professional  achievement  in  the  areas  of  fine  arts,  education,  book 
design  and  production,  edition  printing,  or  illustration. 


Faculty 

Jerome  Kaplan,  Chalrpe 
Patricia  Dreher 
Lois  Johnson 
Nathan  Knobier 


Michael  Lasuchii 
Nancy  Reid 
Martha  Zelt 


Printmaking  -  Required  Credits  per  Year 

Year 

Printmaking 
Major 

Studio 
Qectives 

Liberal 
Arts 

I                 Foundation 

18 

3 

12 

II                Sophomore 

15 

6 

12 

III               Junior 

15 

6 

12 

IV              Senior 

15 

6 

12 

Introductory  (Sophomore)  —  Required 

Credits 

PF201    Etching 

PR  202    Lithography 

PR  203    Screenprinting 

PR  209    Relief  Printing 

PR  210    Drawing/Printmaking 

PR  227    Typographic  Elements 

Studio  Electives 

Liberal  Arts 


3,0 
3.0 
3.0 
3.0 
1.5 
1.5 
6.0 
12.0 


PR  201 
Etching 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  spring 
Basic  extrapolated  techniques  in 
traditional  and  contemporary  etching, 
engraving,  diypoint,  aquatint, 
mezzotint,  coUagraphy,  photoetching, 
and  any  combination  oi  them;  their 
application  in  the  modern  modes  of 
expression;  and  exploration  of 
inherent  qualities  and  idiosyncracies 
of  them. 

PR  202 
Lithography 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  spring 
Both  aluminum  plate  and  stone 
lithography  as  two  of  the  strongest 
autographic  media  are  carefully 
investigated  and  elaborated  in  the 
effort  to  obtain  the  rich  rewards  m 
this  venerable  medium.  The  use  of 
color  is  also  seriously  considered. 


PR  203 
Screenprint  ing 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/ semester:  fall 
Introduction  and  investigation  of  all 
basic  methods  of  serigraphy:  paper 
stencil,  glue  and  tusche,  cut-film, 
photosensitive  emulsion,  selesttne 
method,  flocking,  relief  screening,  etc. 

PF209 
Relief  Printing 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall 
All  basic  relief-printing  methods,  such 
as  linoleum  cut  and  etching,  woodcut, 
wood  engraving,  metal  relief, 
cardboard  cut,  collagraphic 
assemblages,  plaster  relief,  cello-cuts, 
embossment  as  well  as  a  number  of 
unorthodox  methods  related  to  relief 
printing,  will  be  investigated  and 
pursued. 


PR  209  A  &  B 
Relief  -  2 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1,5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
An  introduction  to  basic  relief-printing 
methods  including  stamp  prints, 
linoleum  cuts,  woodcuts,  and  wood 
engravings,  as  well  as  work  with  metal 
and  cardboard  cutting  and  collage. 

PR  210 
Drawing/Print  making 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
A  course  emphasizing  the 
development  of  visual  perception  and 
the  organization  of  experience  into 
compositions  related  to  printmaking. 
Both  directly  observed  subject  matter 
and  conceptual  images  will  be  used  as 
basis  for  miage  making. 

PR211 
Etching 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Introduction  to  the  basic  methods  in 
etching  such  as  drypoint,  engraving, 
aquatint,  mezzotint,  coUagraph, 
photoetching,  as  well  as  possible 
combinations  of  th^m  in  creative 
processes, 

PR  212 
Lithography 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
The  same  as  above  but  limiting  some 
of  the  technical  areas  inherent  in  the 
medium.  This  affords  the  serious 
student  the  opportunity  to  concentrate 
on  the  most  important  aspects  of  the 
lithograph. 


PR  213 
Screenprinting 

3  hours,  once  a  week 

1 ,5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 

Basic  stencil  methods  such  as  paper, 

glue,  film,  direct  photosensitive 

emulsion,  glue-resist,  etc.,  will  be 

elaborated. 

PR  223 

Bookbinding  Methods 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1 ,5  credits/semester;  fall  and  spring 
A  workshop  class  emphasizing 
familiarity  with  the  characteristics 
and  handling  qualities  of  materials 
used  to  fabricate  familiar  objects  such 
as  pamphlets,  portfolios,  sketchbooks, 
and  solander  boxes. 

PR  227 

Typographic  Elements 

3-6  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5-3  credits/semester:  spring 
Introduction  to  the  basic  organization 
of  typographic  elements  through 
monotype  (metal)  hand  composition. 
Study  will  include  analysis  and 
development  of  the  printed  page 
vis-a-vis  the  application  of  type  and 
image  (relief  printing).  Process  will 
extend  to  letterpress  reproduction. 


Intermediate  (Junior)  -  Required 


Credits 


Advanced  (Senior)  -  Required 


Credits 


PR  300    Printmaking  Workshop 
PR  305    Creative  Concepts 
PR  306    Print  Study  Seminar 
PR  311    Book  Design 

Studio  Electives 

Liberal  Arts 


3.0 
3,0 
6,0 
12.0 


PR  300 

Printmaking  Workshop 

6  houis,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
A  continuation  of  the  development  of 
skills  in  all  basic  media  such  as  relief, 
intaglio,  lithography,  screenprinting, 
in  a  concentration  on  one  or  any 
combination  of  them,  including  non- 
printmaking  methods.  Investigation  of 
combination  of  media,  including 
three-dimensional  forms  and 
unorthodox  uses  of  materials  and 
techniques  with  an  emphasis  on 
integration,  is  included. 

PR  305 

Creative  Concepts  1.  2 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Development  of  ways  and  means  for 
concept,  grovrth,  and  resolution  of 
visual  ideas.  Primary  concern  is 
acquisition  of  professionalism, 
applicational  skills,  group  discussions, 
and  general  growth  of  critical 
evaluative  abilities. 

PR  306 

Print  Study  Seminar  -1,2 

3  hours,  alternate  weeks 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Study  and  discussion  of  original  prints 
and  rare  books  from  masters  of  the 
fifteenth  through  the  twentieth 
centuries;  research  and  discussion  of 
individual  artist's  response  to  the 
politics,  literary,  and  musical  arts  of 
his  period  and  the  development  of 
his  imagery. 


PR  311 

Book  Design  -  1,  2 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
The  course  offers  experience  in 
forming  ideas  for  combination  of 
paper  and  printed  surfaces.  The 
challenge  of  joining  printmaking, 
typography,  and  binding  is  explored 
on  an  individual  basis. 

PR  321 

Contract  Editioning 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/ semester:  fall 
Involvement  in  the  technology  and 
experience  of  printing  limited  editions 
for  other  artists. 

PR  222 

Printmaking:  Non-Silver 

Photoprocesses 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Exploration  of  ideas  in  cyanotype. 
Van  Dyke  Brown,  gum  bichromate, 
quick-print,  and  other  non-silver 
photographic  techniques. 

PR  326 

Offset  Lithography 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/semester:  spring 
Development  of  skills  in  printing  with 
offset  lithography  for  personal 
imagery  in  both  hand-drawn  and 
commercial  photographic  methods. 
Prerequisite:  3  credits  in  Lithography; 
class  limit  10. 


PR  400    Printmaking:  Advanced  Workshop 

PR  407    Thesis  Seminar 

PR  420    Printmaking:  Advanced  Workshop 

Studio  Electives 

Liberal  Arts 


6.0 
3.0 
6.0 
6.0 

12.0 


PR  400 

Printmaking:  Advanced 

Workshop  -  1 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Students  continue  to  develop  their 
own  style  and  technique  while 
establishing  their  own  direction, 
personal  and  original  expression.  The 
workshop  atmosphere  permits  a 
comfortable  handling  of  all 
procedures  and  problems  in  all 
printmaking  processes  and  possible 
involvement  with  adjacent  expressive 
means  such  as  drawing,  painting, 
sculpture,  photography,  audio  visuals, 
crafts,  etc. 

PR  407 

Thesis  Seminar  —  1.2 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1 .5  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Acquisition  of  a  professional  profile: 
portfolio  preparation,  resume,  slides, 
exhibition  participation,  discussions  of 
works-in-progress-  The  pregraduation 
presentation  of  portfolio  and  the 
one-person  show  as  well  as  cultivation 
of  awareness  of  contemporary 
conditions  and  practices  in  the  field 
are  among  the  primary  concerns  of 
this  class. 


PR  420 

Printmaking:  Advanced 

Workshop  -  2 

6  hours,  once  a  week 

3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 

An  equal  extension  and  an  integral 

part  of  PR  400,  this  course  is  another 

half  of  the  senior's  required  workshop 

time. 

PR  999 
Independent  Project 

3  hours-6  hours,  once  a  week 
1-5-3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
A  tutorial  arrangement,  on 
exceptional  basis  only,  with  one  or 
more  faculty  and  chairperson.  Well- 
prepared  and  motivated  students  may 
have  projects  difhcult  to  fit  into 
existing  courses  or  they  may  be 
better  suited  to  the  particular  abilities 
and  expertise  of  faculty  members 
willing  to  enter  into  special 
extracurricular  arrangements. 


SCULPTURE 


Sculptuie  reflects  one  of  the  deepest  creative  impulses  of  artistic 
endeavor.  Its  image-making  options  now  encompass  all  its  traditional 
forms  and  many  new,  innovative  possibilities  that  range  in  size  from 
coins  to  monuments.  Usually  working  as  independent  artists,  sculptors 
make  objects  for  exhibition  and  sale,  or  on  commission  from  architects 
and  planners.  A  sculptor's  special  education  and  acquired  skills  — 
woodworking,  welding,  forging,  molding  and  casting,  carving  and 
modeling  —  can  be  productively  applied  to  the  many  occupations 
that  require  the  ability  to  conceive,  organize,  and  construct  materials 
in  a  spatial  and  volumetric  manner. 

The  department's  instructional  aim  is  to  provide  a  sound,  balanced 
exposure  to  the  formal,  technical,  and  intellectual  aspects  of  sculpture 
in  preparation  for  continued  professional  growth  beyond  the 
undergraduate  years.  Students  are  encouraged  to  develop  their  ideas 
uniquely  and  they  receive  a  great  deal  of  individual  attention;  but  they 
must  also  continuously  work  on  assigned,  carefully  structured 
sculptural  problems  as  the  basis  for  knowledgeable  self-definition. 
At  the  introductory  level,  fundamentals  of  sculpture  are  taught 
concurrently  with  technical  procedures  in  a  variety  of  materials.  At 
advanced  levels,  students  may  specialize  and  are  increasingly 
expected  to  initiate  and  complete  works  reflecting  their  ovm  maturing 
artistic  concerns. 

Along  with  the  studio  curriculum,  a  sense  of  sculpture  history  is 
promoted  to  facilitate  the  intelligent  understanding  of  present 
concepts.  Seminars  and  held  trips  to  artists'  studios,  galleries,  and 
museums  in  Philadelphia,  New  York,  and  Washington  further  augment 
the  program.  Courses  are  taught  by  practicing  sculptors  virith  diverse 
critical  viewpoints  who  can  offer  students  instruction  in  a  broad  range 
of  sculptural  methods.  Several  of  the  faculty  have  backgrounds  in  fields 
related  to  sculpture  —  industrial  and  environmental  design,  painting 
and  the  crafts  —  providing  opportunities  for  students  to  integrate 
studies  in  these  fields  with  sculpture.  Whether  the  intention  is  to  major 
in  sculpture,  or  to  supplement  another  discipline  vrith  studies  in 
sculpture,  students'  programs  can  be  devised  to  reflect  particular 
interests  and  needs. 

A  full  complement  of  studio  resources  is  available  to  work  in  ferrous 
and  nonferrous  metals,  clay,  wood,  stone,  plaster,  wax,  and  plastics.  A 
new,  sophisticated  power  system  is  being  installed  with  air  tools  for 
carving,  metal  finishing,  and  pellet  blasting.  Technical  assistance  and 
supervision  in  the  department's  facilities  is  provided  by  a  full-time  shop 
supervisor  who  is  in  charge  of  maintaining  the  extensive  array  of  hand- 
and  machine-powered  equipment  provided  for  student  use. 


Faculty 


Walter  Erlebacher,  Chairperson 
Barbara  Goodstein 
Thomas  Stearns 


Karl  Stirner 
Petras  Vaskys 
Steven  L.  Weiss 


Sculpture  -  Required  Credits  per  Year 

Year 

Sculpture 
Major 

Studio 
Electives 

Liberal 
Arts 

I                  Foundation 

18 

3 

12 

II                 Sophomore 

18 

3-6 

12 

III                Junior 

18 

3-6 

12 

IV               Senior 

15 

3-6 

12 

Introductory  (Sophomore)  —  Required 

Credits 

SC  20 1    Sculpture  I  (Forms,  Compositions  and  Methods) 
SC  202    Sculpture  I  (Forms,  Compositions  and  Methods) 
SC220    Molding  and  Casting 
SC  25 1    Theories  of  Structure 
SC  252   Theories  of  Structure 

Choose  a  miniinum  of  6  credits  from  the  following; 
SC  231    Introduction  to  Figure  Modeling 
SC  232   Introduction  to  Figure  Modeling 
SC  24 1    Sculpture  Projects  -  Introduction  Studio 
SC  242    Sculpture  Projects  —  Introduction  Studio 

Studio  Electives 

Liberal  Arts 


3.0 
3.0 
3.0 
1.5 
1.5 

3.0 
3.0 
3.0 
3.0 
3-6.0 
12,0 


Liberal  Arts  Requirements 

LA  250  A  &  B,  History  of  Sculpture 


SC201,  SC202 

Sculpture  I  (Forms.  Composition 

and  Methods) 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
An  introductory  studio  course  on  the 
fundamentals  of  sculpture.  The 
approach  is  through  tactile  and  visual 
perception  with  instruction  in  both 
traditional  and  contemporary  form 
making  in  a  variety  of  materials  and 
techniques.  Sculptural  issues 
addressed  are  the  recognition  and 
construction  of  space  and  form,  axial 
relationships,  movements,  scale, 
weight,  balance,  organic  and 
geometric  qualities,  modularities, 
transformations,  and  symbolic 
meaning. 

SC  220  A  5e  B 
Molding  and  Casting 

3  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/ semester:  fall  and  spring 
hi  the  first  semester,  the  course  covers 
processes  and  techniques  utilizing 
plaster,  rubber,  plastics,  clays,  and 
wax  for  making  hard  and  flexible 
molds  and  casting  sculpture  in 
durable  materials.  The  second 
semester  provides  a  thorough 
foundation  in  foundry  practices, 
including  wax  preparation,  investing, 
pouring  bronze  or  aluminum,  chasing, 
hnishing  and  painting  finished  metal 
casts. 

SC231,SC232 

Introduction  to  Figure  Modeling 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Modeling  from  life  for  the  beginner, 
stressing  direct  observation,  eye-hand 
coordination  and  depth 
discrimination.  Both  perceptual  and 
conceptual  skills  are  developed  and 
fimdamental  studio  practices  are 
taught,  such  as  armature  construction, 
clay  utilization,  and  modeling 
techniques-  Works  are  fired  in  clay  or 
cast  in  plaster. 


SC241,SC242 
Sculpture  Projects  — 
Introductory  Studio 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester;  fall  and  spring 
An  open  studio  oriented  toward 
helping  the  development  of  individual 
initiative.  Stressed  are  how  ideas 
are  transformed  into  sculptural 
statements  through  aesthetic 
reasoning  and  the  internal  logic  of  a 
sculpture's  color,  material,  and 
physical  construction. 

SC251,SC252 
Theories  of  Structure 
(Seminar  —  Lecture) 

1 V2  hours,  once  a  week 
1.5  credits/ semester:  fall  and  spring 
Lectures  and  discussions  of  various 
concepts  and  philosophies  of 
structure:  mathematical,  biological, 
linguistic,  perceptual,  etc.,  and  their 
implications  to  the  definition  of  art. 

SC  260  A  &  B 
Structure  of  the  Figure 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
An  anatomic  and  morphological 
analysis  of  male  and  female  bodies  for 
artists  through  a  three-dimensional 
constructional  method.  Covered  are 
proportions,  anatomic  structure, 
surface  topology,  morphological 
variation,  and  the  body  in  movement. 
This  course  is  directed  toward  two- 
dimensional  artists  as  well  as 
sculptors,  and  what  is  stressed  are  the 
means  by  which  the  body's  salient 
features  can  be  recognized  from  any 
viewpoint  in  any  pose. 


Intermediate  (Junior)  —  Required 

Credits 

SC301 

Sculpture  II 

30 

SC302 

Sculpture  II 

Choose  a  minimum  of  12  credits  from  the  following: 

3.0 

SC260 

Structure  of  the  Figure 

6.0 

SC421 

Metal  Studio 

3.0 

SC422 

Metal  Studio 

3.0 

SC431 

Advanced  Figure  Sculpture 

3,0 

SC432 

Advanced  Figure  Sculpture 

3.0 

SC441 

Sculpture  Projects  —  Advanced  Studio 

3.0 

SC442 

Sculpture  Projects  —  Advanced  Studio 

3.0 

Studio  Qectives 

3-6.0 

Liberal  Arts 

12.0 

Advanced  (Senior)  —  Required 

Credits 

SC401 

Sculpture  III 

3.0 

SC402 

Sculpture  III 

Choose  a  minimum  of  9  credits  from  the  following: 

3.0 

SC260 

Structure  of  the  Figure 

6.0 

SC421 

Metal  Studio 

3.0 

SC422 

Metal  Studio 

3.0 

SC431 

Advanced  Figure  Sculpture 

3.0 

SC432 

Advanced  Figure  Sculpture 

3.0 

SC441 

Sculpture  Projects  —  Advanced  Studio 

3.0 

SC442 

Sculpture  Projects  -  Advanced  Studio 

3.0 

Studio  Electives 

3-6.0 

Liberal  Arts 

12.0 

SC301,SC302 
Sculpture  II  (Attitudes  and 
Strategies) 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/ semester:  fall  and  spring 
A  studio-criticism  course  that  focuses 
on  the  issue  of  artistic  strategy  as  it 
applies  to  sculptural  creation. 
Assignments  given  attempt  to  aid 
students  to  recognize  their  own  and 
alternative  tendencies  through 
projects  that  are  made  to  reflect 
attitudes  like  expressionism,  idealism, 
mathematical  systems,  decoration, 
naturalism,  etc.  Prerequisite;  SC  201, 
SC202 


SC401,SC402 

Sculpture  III  (Types  and  Modes) 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Terms  like  monumental,  genre, 
narrative,  emblematic,  environmental, 
etc.,  reflect  the  cluster  of  types  of 
sculptural  imagery.  This  studio- 
criticism  course  is  concerned  with  the 
ideational  and  technical  issues  raised 
by  various  such  types  of  sculptural 
imagery,  which  are  assigned  in  turn. 
What  is  stressed  in  each  case  is  the 
relationship  that  sculptures  have  with 
the  context  they  exist  in  and  the 
purposes  they  serve. 
Prerequisite:  SC  201,  SC  202 


SC421,SC422 
Metal  Studio 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
Form  making  in  noncast  metal 
sculpture  has  contributed  a  large 
share  to  the  history  of  sculpture, 
particularly  in  the  present,  where  the 
idiom  has  become  as  familiar  as 
carving  and  modeling.  Concurrently 
offering  both  basic  and  advanced 
technical  instruction  in  welding, 
forging,  and  other  ferrous  metal 
techniques,  this  course  is  oriented  to 
making  sculpture  with  iron  or  steel. 
Prerequisite:  SC  201,  SC  202  or 
SC  241,  242 

SC431,  SC432 

Advanced  Figure  Sculpture 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
For  students  seriously  involved  with 
the  figure,  this  course  provides  an 
atelier  to  continue  figure  modeling  on 
increasingly  advanced  levels,  and  a 
context  to  help  formulate  a  personal 
figurative  sculptural  idiom.  Works  are 
sculpted  at  various  scales,  including 
Ufe  size;  and  independent  projects  are 
undertaken  in  consultation  with  the 
faculty.  Critiques  involving  the 
meaning  and  sculptural  significance 
of  the  works  are  an  integral  part  of  the 
ongoing  class  activity. 
Prerequisite:  SC  231,  SC  232 


SC441,  SC442 
Sculpture  Projects  — 
Advanced  Studio 

6  hours,  once  a  week 
3  credits/semester:  fall  and  spring 
This  course  provides  a  studio  context 
where  maturing  self-initiated  areas  of 
concentration  in  sculpture  can  be 
developed  to  fruition  on  an  advanced 
level.  Whatever  the  direction,  a 
critical  emphasis  is  placed,  through 
both  open  and  devised  assignments, 
on  how  materials  and  forms 
compatible  to  personal  statements 
are  found. 
Prerequisite:  SC  241,  SC  242 


Courtyard  at  Broad  and  Pine  Street  complex 


PART-TIME  STUDY  AND  SPECIAL  PROGRAMS 

Continuing  Studies 

Nearly  as  many  people  study  part  time  at  PCA  in  the  Continuing 
Studies  Program  as  are  enrolled  full  time  in  the  day  College.  This 
program  offers  to  persons  whose  other  responsibilities  do  not  permit 
them  to  study  full  time  the  opportunity  to  study  art  and  design  in  the 
College's  professional  atmosphere. 

The  population  wishing  this  land  of  educational  experience  is 
growing  rapidly,  necessitating  a  continually  expanding  program  and 
the  recent  addition  of  off-campus  courses.  Although  most  courses  meet 
during  the  evening,  there  are  courses  in  the  daytime  as  well.  The 
program  has  offerings  during  the  fall,  spring,  and  summer. 

Basic  introductory  courses  can  be  taken  with  no  admissions 
requirement.  Courses  may  be  taken  independently  for  college  credit 
or  as  part  of  caielully  designed  piogiams  leading  to  a  certificate. 
Certificates  are  granted  in  four  areas:  Advertising  Design,  Illustration, 
Interior  Design,  and  Photography. 

More  than  ninety  courses  are  offered  by  Continuing  Studies  with 
selections  from  all  the  studio  areas  of  the  College.  They  range  from 
introductory  to  advanced,  professional  levels  of  study.  In  addition,  a 
selection  of  College  Liberal  Arts  courses  and  Complementary  Studies 
which  includes  courses  in  art  history  is  given  each  semester. 

A  new  program  of  noncredit  workshops  in  art-related  subjects  of 
special,  timely  interest  was  established  last  year. 

Main  Line  Extension 

PCA's  Main  Line  Extension  was  established  as  a  new  center  for  the 
visual  arts  in  the  J.  Gardner  Cassatt  mansion  on  the  property  of  the 
Upper  Main  Line  Y  in  Berwyn  (near  Paoli).  A  lull  program  of  studio 
courses  selected  from  the  main  campus  curriculum  is  now  conveniently 
available  to  residents  of  the  Main  Line  during  fall,  spring,  and  summer. 

Classes  are  small  and  run  during  the  day,  evenings,  and  weekends. 
Like  other  part-time  students,  those  at  the  Extension  are  entitled  to  all 
college  services  including  advising,  the  art  library,  and  special  film  and 
art  programs. 

University  In-Service  Teacher  Education  Network  (UITEN) 

UITEN  is  a  consortium  of  eight  regional  institutions  of  higher  learning, 
which  offers  graduate-level  courses  especially  designed  for  teachers 
of  area  schools.  The  credits  accrued  in  this  program  may  be  applied  to 
Permanent  Certification,  Master's  Degree  Equivalency,  Master's  Degree 
(at  the  discretion  of  the  granting  institution),  and  Master's  plus  Thirty. 

To  receive  a  current  catalogue  and  further  information  about  any  of 
the  programs  described  above,  please  write  to  the  Office  for 
Continuing  Studies  at  PCA,  or  call  (215)  893-3160. 


The  Saturday  School 

An  open  enrollment,  noncredit  program  of  visual  studies  is  offered  at 
PCA  on  Saturdays  during  the  fall  and  spring  semesters  for  students 
aged  eight  to  eighty-plus.  Staffed  by  professional  artist-teachers  and 
student  teachers,  the  Saturday  School  is  under  the  direction  of  the 
Education  Department.  Course  offerings  include  Elementary  Art  Studio 
for  Kids,  Junior  High  Studio,  Senior  High  Studio,  Drawing,  Figure 
Drawing,  Painting  in  Oils  and  Acrylics,  Jewelry,  Ceramics, 
Photography,  Introduction  to  Fashion  Illustration,  Layout  and  Design, 
and  Weave  It,  Dye  It,  Print  It,  Wear  It.  The  Saturday  School  has  been  an 
established  tradition  at  PCA  for  thirty-five  years. 
(For  further  information  call  (215)  893-3125.) 

Summer  Programs 
Pre-College  Program 

The  Philadelphia  College  of  Art  offers  a  popular  five-week  program 
each  summer  for  1 1th  and  12th  grade  high  school  students,  college 
students,  and  people  of  all  ages  interested  in  exploring  a  career  in  the 
visual  arts. 

Patterned  after  PCA's  outstanding  Foundation  Program,  the  summer 
program  provides  a  solid  introduction  to  the  basic  elements  of  a 
professional  art  education  —  drawing,  two-dimensional  design,  and 
three-dimensional  design.  In  addition,  students  choose  two  electives 
from  a  selection  of  courses  including  painting,  printmaking,  sculpture, 
photography,  ceramics,  fibres,  jewelry,  graphic  design,  illustration,  and 
woodworking. 

The  program,  taught  by  professional  artist-teachers,  has  always  had 
an  enthusiastic  enrollment  of  people  with  a  variety  of  goals  who  enjoy 
and  can  benefit  from  a  total  immersion  art  experience  in  the  summer. 
To  enrich  the  summer  courses,  the  program  also  includes  trips  away 
from  campus,  films,  seminars  and  career  counseling.  Students  may  stay 
in  the  nearby  college  residence.  (For  additional  information,  please 
write  or  call  (215)  893-3200.) 

Summer  Studio 

PCA  offers  special  Day  College  Summer  Sessions  with  courses  drawn 
from  the  major  studio  areas,  taught  by  faculty  from  those  departments. 
Up  to  six  credits  may  be  earned  in  the  program  and  may  be  applied  to 
any  PCA  program  or  transferred  to  other  institutions  at  their  discretion. 
(Please  call  (215)  893-3200  for  further  information.) 


FRESHMAN  ADMISSION 

Each  year,  we  select  fiom  among  our  applicants  those  who  we  feel  will 
most  fully  benefit  by  study  at  PCA.  The  Admissions  Committee  prefers 
those  applicants  who  choose  to  express  themselves  through  visual 
images;  who  demonstrate  the  intellectual  abilities  to  meet,  question, 
and  challenge  the  ideas  of  their  time;  who  wish  to  increase  their 
awareness  of  themselves  and  of  their  world  and  to  address  their 
envirorunent  in  a  positive,  individual  manner;  and  who  bring  energy, 
concern,  humor,  and  initiative  to  their  inquiry.  The  college  believes 
that  diversity  is  essential  to  establish  a  well-balanced  mixture  of 
experience  and  opinion.  In  our  student  body,  differences  in  age  and 
racial,  educational,  and  cultural  background  help  insure  a  genuine 
learning  environment. 

PCA  has  not  constructed  a  model  against  which  to  measure  all 
aspirants  to  the  freshman  class,  and  there  is  no  weight  or  rank  assigned 
to  application  credentials.  Both  the  portfolio  and  high  school 
academics,  along  with  any  self-presentation  options,  are  reviewed 
together  to  establish  a  picture  of  each  candidate.  Using  these 
composites,  we  decide  which  applicants  vrill  be  best  served  by  study  at 
PCA.  Offers  of  admission  are  made  to  those  who  demonstrate  visual 
and  academic  abiUties,  stamina  and  motivation  to  be  successful  in  a 
demanding  program  of  study. 

During  the  admission  process,  we  hope  that  you  will  ask  as  many 
questions  of  us  as  we  will  of  you,  and  that  you  will  find  an  opportunity 
to  visit  PCA  in  order  to  meet  our  faculty,  students,  classrooms,  and 
facilities  firsthand.  Anyone  who  wishes  a  tour  of  the  college  should  call 
or  write  the  Admissions  Office  for  an  appointment. 

The  Admissions  Committee  believes  that  a  decision  to  deny 
admission  in  no  way  reflects  upon  the  future  of  that  individual  as  an 
artist,  nor  his  or  her  success  at  another  college,  nor  his  or  her  potential 
at  PCA  after  more  training  and  education. 

Application  Procedures  and  Deadlines 

PCA  practices  a  rolling  admissions  system  for  the  freshman  class. 
Decisions  are  made  on  a  continuing  basis  for  those  who  have  completed 
the  application  requirements.  PCA  begins  accepting  applications  in 
September  for  the  following  academic  year.  We  urge  candidates  who 
are  applying  ior  financial  aid  to  complete  applications  for 
admission  prior  to  March  15. 

Applicants  offered  admission  to  the  freshman  class  before  April  15 
are  required  to  submit  a  $100  tuition  deposit  and  a  notification  of 
intention  to  enroll  before  May  1.  Applicants  who  receive  an  affirmative 
answer  after  April  15  must  remit  the  tuition  deposit  within  three  weeks 
of  the  offer  of  admission.  The  tuition  deposit  is  not  refundable  after 
May  1. 

A  maximum  of  three  weeks  is  allowed  between  receipt  of 
application  and  submission  of  all  supporting  credentials.  Because  of  the 


large  nimiber  of  applicants,  the  Admissions  Office  must  ask  the 
candidate  to  assume  responsibility  for  his  or  her  own  application 
procedure.  Files  are  checked  to  monitor  applications  and  notices  are 
sent  when  credentials  are  overdue;  if  no  response  to  such  notice  is 
received,  the  files  are  closed. 

Application  Requirements  for  First-Time  Freshmen 

1 .  High  School  Transcript 

2.  Portfolio 

3.  CEEB  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test 

4.  Optional  —  Interview 

5.  Optional  —  Self-Presentation. 

Scholastic  Requirements  with  High  School  Diploma 

Freshmen  must  be  graduates  of  an  accredited  secondary  school  or  the 
equivalent.  A  curriculum  of  college  preparatory  subjects  is 
recommended.  Specific  course  distribution  is  not  required,  although  a 
minimum  of  four  (4)  years  of  English  and  two  (2)  of  history  is  strongly 
reconmiended.  Remaining  courses  should  be  selected  from  the 
approved  college  preparatory  program,  including  studies  in  languages, 
mathematics,  sciences,  humanities,  art  history,  psychology,  and 
sociology.  A  minimum  of  two  (2)  years  of  art  and  design  is 
recommended. 

Scholastic  Requirements  without  High  School  Diploma 

Applicants  not  holding  regular  high  school  diplomas  may  qualify  for 
admission  consideration  by  one  of  the  following  methods: 

1.  GED  (General  Education  Diploma)  tests  are  acceptable  on 
conversion  to  a  state  diploma  through  the  Department  of  Public 
Instruction  of  the  applicant's  resident  state. 

2.  Applicants  not  holding  a  diploma  may  qualify  for  admission 
consideration  through  the  College  Level  Examination  Program 
(CLEP).  General  Examination  scores  should  be  forwarded  to  the 
Admissions  Office  vrith  all  available  scholastic  records.  CLEP  is 
administered  monthly  through  the  testing  centers  of  most  major 
universities  from  which  registration  information  may  be  obtained. 

Portfolio 

Your  portfolio  should  describe  you  as  a  visual  person.  While  PCA 
does  not  list  specific  requirements  or  assign  problems,  we  do  strongly 
recommend  that  your  work  be  captured  from  life  rather  than  from  a 
photograph,  and  that  with  each  piece  you  demonstrate  your  abiUty  to 
deal  with  sources  of  light,  form,  volume,  weight,  and  aspects  of 
compositional  design  (e.g.,  still  lifes,  figure  drawings,  etc.).  Your 
portfolio  should  be  a  representative  group  of  collected  works  that 
demonstrate  your  strengths,  depth  in  areas  of  particular  interest,  and 
the  range  of  your  visual  abilities  and  exposure.  You  tell  us  a  great  deal 
about  yourself  by  the  selection  of  pieces  in  your  portfolio,  so  choose 
thoughtfully  and  carefully  —  and  make  the  selection  yourself. 


Portfolio  Requirements 

A  portfolio  of  at  least  twelve  (12)  pieces  of  original  work  completed 
within  the  past  year. 

1 .  Portfolios  sent  to  the  college  must  be  presented  in  color  slides  or 
color  photographs  with  a  separate  list  of  descriptions.  Slides  or 
photographs  must  be  numbered  to  correspond  with  their 
descriptions.  You  should  indicate  the  size  and  mediimi  of  the  work 
and  briefly  explain  the  concept,  project,  or  problem  involved.  When 
more  than  one  picture  is  used  to  illustrate  a  piece  (i.e.,  sculpture, 
ceramics,  3-dimensional  design,  etc.),  the  slides  should  be  labeled  in 
sequence  (2a,  2b,  etc.).  Slides  should  be  presented  in  Sii"  x  11" 
slide  file  pages  and  clearly  labeled  with  the  applicant's  name. 

2.  Freshmen  applicants  selecting  the  interview  with  portfolio  option 
may  present  actual  work  and/  or  slides.  All  work  will  be  reviewed 
and  discussed  during  the  interview. 

CEEB  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test 

CEEB  SAT  results  are  required  for  admissions  and  they  will  be  used  as 
an  ingredient  in  the  application  evaluation.  Students  who  have  not  had 
college-level  course  work  in  English  Composition  should  make 
arrangements  to  take  the  CEEB  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test.  For  further 
information  and  application  forms,  see  your  guidance  counselor  or  vinrite 
to  CEEB,  Box  592,  Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540.  PCA's  College 
Entrance  Examination  Board  school  code  is  2664. 

Interview 

Applicants  are  invited  to  visit  the  college  and  have  an  interview  vrith 
one  of  the  Admissions  staff  or  faculty.  If  you  select  an  interview  vrith 
portfolio,  you  will  be  expected  to  present  your  work  during  the 
scheduled  meeting. 

PCA  has  no  established  format  or  schedule  of  questions  for  the 
interview;  the  primary  responsibility  rests  on  you.  In  general,  you 
should  discuss  your  visual  background,  training  and  goals,  other 
interests,  special  problems,  and  so  forth.  You  should  use  the  time  wisely 
to  let  the  interviewer  discover  what  is  important  to  you,  the  elements  of 
your  background  and  personality  that  make  you  unique,  and  the 
reasons  you  have  selected  an  arts  college  for  your  education. 

It  is  equally  important  for  you  to  investigate  the  college.  The 
interview  provides  an  opportunity  for  you  to  find  out  if  PCA  has  the 
programs,  philosophies,  faculties,  and  envirormient  which  are  most 
suited  for  your  education. 

Whenever  possible,  interviews  will  be  arranged  within  the  month 
requested  by  the  applicant.  Interviews  are  scheduled  during  office 
hours  (9-5),  Mondays  through  Fridays.  It  is  possible  for  us  to  arrange 
appointments  on  the  first  Saturday  of  each  month  (9-12). 

Self-Presentation 

PCA  encourages  applicants  to  design  their  own  application  process 
by  supplementing  the  required  records  and  portfolio  vrith  any 


additional  credentials  they  think  helpful.  Any  self-presentation 
options  that  you  vrish  the  Admissions  Conunittee  to  use  in  evaluating 
your  application  for  admission|to  PCA  should  be  presented  within 
three  weeks  from  the  date  of  application. 

Suggested  Self-Presentation  Options 

1 .  Letters  of  reference 

2.  Statement  of  purpose  or  autobiography 

3.  Sketchbooks  or  ideabooks 

4.  Visual  presentations  (not  substitutes  for  the  portfolio),  slides,  or 
photos  of  additional  work 

Films 

Independent  visual  projects 

5.  Supplemental  portfolio  of  work  in  one  concentrated  area 

6.  Original  writings 

7.  Testing  results: 

American  College  Testing  (ACT) 
CEEB  Achievement  Tests 
Other 

8.  Musical,  dance,  drama,  etc. 


Early  Admission 

PCA  will  accept  applications  from  qualified  high  school  juniors  for 
entrance  as  freshmen  in  September  provided  either  of  the  following 
conditions  is  met: 

1 .  By  taking  an  overload  during  the  junior  year  or  summer  courses,  the 
applicant  is  able  to  complete  high  school  diploma  credit 
requirements  and  receive  the  diploma  before  fall  enrollment;  or 

2.  Under  written  agreement,  the  candidate's  high  school  authorities 
grant  the  applicant  a  high  school  diploma  upon  completion  of  the 
freshman  year  at  PCA. 

Conditional  Admission 

Offers  of  admission  may  specify  one  or  more  of  the  foUovring 
conditions: 

1 .  Successful  completion  of  PCA's  summer  Pre-CoUege  Program.  This 
condition  is  made  when  the  portfolio  review  indicates  that 
additional  studio  preparation  is  necessary  to  insure  a  student's 
success  in  the  Foundation  curriculum.  The  Pre-CoUege  Program 
includes  studies  in  drawing,  two-dimensional  design,  and  three- 
dimensional  design  as  well  as  several  elective  courses.  Classes  are 
scheduled  for  a  five-week  session,  thirty  hours  of  instruction  per 
week,  usually  during  the  month  of  July. 

2.  Successful  completion  of  PCA's  Pre-Freshman  Academic  and  Studio 
Workshop.  This  requirement  is  made  when  the  Admissions 
Committee  determines  that  additional  scholastic  training  as  well  as 
studio  preparation  is  necessary.  The  program  involves  workshops  in 
reading  and  writing  skills  and  studio  course  work.  For  the  past  four 


summers,  this  workshop  has  been  fuBded  by  the  Commonwealth  of 
Pennsylvania's  Higher  Education  Equal  Opportunity  Act. 
3.  Academic  Probation.  Requiring  achievement  of  a  C  (2.0)  grade 
point  average  at  the  end  of  the  freshman  year  in  order  to  be 
promoted  to  the  second-year  level. 

Deferred  Admission 

PCA  vrill  accept  applications  from  candidates  who  plan  a  year  of 
activities,  work,  or  travel  between  high  school  and  college  and  who, 
therefore,  wish  to  enter  college  one  full  year  after  graduation  from 
high  school.  A  brief  note  explaining  the  deferment  should  be  attached 
to  the  application.  Deferred  applicants  should  follow  procedures  listed 
in  this  brochure;  a  tentative  decision  on  the  deferred  application  vrill 
be  tendered  when  the  file  is  complete. 

Any  applicant  offered  admission  to  the  current  September  freshman 
class  who  wishes  to  defer  enrollment  until  the  following  September  may 
also  request  this  consideration.  Deferred  candidates  will  be  required 
to  submit  a  statement  of  their  activities  and  reaffirm  their  interest  in 
PCA  before  January  15  of  the  academic  year  preceding  desired 
matriculation. 

Waiver  of  Application  Fee 

PCA  will  waive  the  application  fee  in  cases  of  extreme  family  financial 
need.  A  verification  of  same  is  required  from  a  high  school  guidance 
counselor,  two-year  college  counselor,  or  other  authorized  personnel. 


Fees  and  Deposits 


Amount     Due 


Refund  Date 


Application 
Tuition  Deposit 
Housing  Deposit 
Security  Deposit 

Pre-College  Program  Deposit 


$  20.00     with  application   not  refundable 
$100.00     Mayl  not  refundable 

$100.00     lunel  not  refundable 

$  1 00.00     June  1  refundable  at  end  of  first 

academic  year 
$  50.00     June  1  not  refundable 


TRANSFER  ADMISSION 


PCA  considers  any  applicant  who  has  been  enrolled  in  a  college-level 
program  of  studies  after  secondary  school  to  be  a  transfer  applicant. 
Transfers  enjoy  a  preferred  position  among  applicants  for  admission 
since  it  can  be  assumed  they  have  matured  in  their  goals  and  have 
demonstrated  their  abilities  at  the  college  level. 

Transfer  Credits  and  Residence  Requirements 

Transfer  applicants  may  receive  credit  for  courses  taken  at  other 
accredited  institutions  that  are  similar  in  content,  purpose,  and 
standards  to  those  offered  at  the  Philadelphia  College  of  Art.  For  credit 
to  be  granted,  official  transcripts  of  all  previous  college  study  must  be 
presented.  A  minimum  grade  of  C  must  have  been  obtained  in  a  course 
that  is  presented  for  transfer  credit.  The  evaluation  of  credits  is  made 
by  the  department  in  which  the  equivalent  comse  is  taught,  in 
consultation  with  the  registrar.  Transfer  credit  for  studio  courses  may 
be  granted  only  after  official  transcripts  and  portfolio  material  are 
presented.  Studio  credits  will  not  be  granted  on  the  basis  of  the 
transcript  or  portfolio  alone. 

Every  transfer  student  must  complete  a  minimum  of  two  semesters  in 
residence  preceding  graduation;  he  or  she  must  earn  a  minimum  of 
33  credits  in  studio  or  liberal  arts  courses.  Students  must  transfer  or 
complete  the  required  distribution  of  liberal  arts  and  major 
department  courses  stipulated  for  the  degree  regardless  of  the  credits 
completed  at  other  accredited  institutions.  For  this  reason,  transfer 
students  may  be  required  to  remain  in  residence  at  PCA  for  more  than 
the  minimum  two  semesters,  completing  more  than  the  minimum  33 
credits. 

Freshman  Transfers 

Transfer  students  with  fewer  than  24  transferable  hberal  arts  credits 
and  vrithout  qualifications  for  advanced  standing  in  studio  should 
expect  to  be  registered  for  the  Foundation  Program  and  anticipate 
being  enrolled  at  PCA  for  the  equivalent  of  eight  semesters.  Those  who 
qualify  for  either  the  three-year  program  or  advanced  standing  but  who 
wish  to  take  advantage  of  the  Foundation  Program  core  and  elective 
courses  may  also  apply  as  freshman  transfers. 

Three- Year  Transfer  Program 

Students  who  have  not  had  substantial  studio  instruction  but  who  do 
present  a  minimum  of  24  transferable  semester  credits  in  liberal  arts 
may  qualify  for  the  three-year  transfer  program.  Under  this  program, 
students  have  an  opportunity  to  fulfill  PCA's  graduation  recpiirements 
in  three  years.  In  the  first  year  the  Foundation  Program  core  curriculum 
is  combined  with  studies  in  major  department  and  related  areas;  if 
approved  by  both  Foundation  Program  and  major  department 
chairmen,  the  transfer  student  may  attain  jimior  status  at  the  start  of 


his  or  her  second  year.  This  program  requires  an  extremely  demanding 
schedule  and  is  best  suited  to  mature  students  who  have  definitely 
decided  on  a  choice  of  major. 

Advanced  Standing 

Students  transferring  into  the  sophomore  or  junior  level  in  major 
department  and  related  arts  studio  work  are  considered  advanced- 
standing  candidates.  Those  who  have  completed  21  or  more  semester 
credits  in  studio  and  who  have  fulfilled  the  foundation  requirements 
may  be  considered  for  sophomore  status;  applicants  presenting  42  or 
more  credits  in  studio  and  intensive  study  in  a  major  area  may  be 
considered  for  junior  status.  Please  note  that  at  PCA  studio  credits  are 
assigned  on  a  2:1  class  hour  to  credit  ratio. 

Decisions  concerning  admission  to  a  major  department,  class 
standing,  and  mandated  prerequisites  and/or  related  arts  are  made  by 
major  department  faculty  upon  an  evaluation  of  the  admission 
portfolio  and  transcripts. 

Transfer  from  PCA's  Continuing  Studies  Program 

Credits  for  the  three  portfolio  courses  offered  by  PCA's  Continuing 
Studies  Program  —  Drawing,  AlOOE;  Color  and  Design,  AllOE;  and 
Form  Study,  A109E  —  carmot  be  transferred.  The  History  of  Art  and 
Culture  course  will  also  not  transfer  to  the  day  College  program. 
Advanced  Continuing  Studies  courses  can,  however,  be  transferred  to 
the  day  school  record  as  electives. 

Transfer  Application  Requirements 

1.  Portfolio 

2.  Transcripts  of  all  previous  college  experience  and  a  listing  of 
courses  that  will  be  completed  before  entrance  into  PCA. 

3.  Catalog  or  other  publication  describing  course  work  recorded  and 
credit  assignment  for  studio  work. 

4.  High  School  transcript  (not  required  if  the  applicant  holds  a 
bachelor's  degree). 

5.  Advanced-standing  and  three-year  transfer  applicants  must  present 
a  written  statement  of  purpose  outlining  their  objectives  in  future 
art  education. 

6.  Advanced -standing  and  three-year  transfer  applicants  must  indicate 
the  one  department  for  which  they  wish  consideration. 

7.  Transfer  applicants  anticipating  freshman  or  three-year  status  may 
elect  to  complete  any  of  the  self-presentation  options  listed  on  page  58. 

Transfer  Portfolio 

1 .  Applicants  writhout  extensive  studio  experience  should  follow 
portfolio  instructions  on  page  57. 

2.  Advanced-standing  applicants  should  present  a  portfolio 
demonstrating  basic  abilities  —  drawing,  two-dimensional  and 
three-dimensional  —  as  well  as  competence  and  preparation  in  the 


area  of  intended  major.  Your  pjortfolio  should  generally  represent  the 
studio  areas  in  which  you  have  studied  at  the  college  level. 

Applicants  electing  to  present  work  during  an  interview  (see 
below)  may  present  actual  work  and/or  slides.  All  work  will  be 
reviewed  and  discussed  during  the  interview. 

Portfolios  sent  to  the  College  must  be  presented  in  their  original 
form  or  color  or  in  color  slides  with  a  separate  list  of  descriptions. 
SUdes  should  be  in  8'/2"  x  11"  slide  file  pages  and  clearly  labeled 
with  the  applicant's  name. 

Interviews 

Applicants  for  advanced  standing  in  studio  or  the  three-year  transfer 
program  who  file  application  and  transcripts  prior  to  April  1  will  be 
invited  to  come  to  the  College  and  meet  with  major  departmental 
faculty  to  discuss  transfer  status  and  programs  of  study.  Application 
portfolios  may  be  presented  during  this  interview.  If  the  application 
and  transcripts  are  filed  after  April  1,  portfolios  must  be  sent  to  the 
College  in  slides.  Excessive  demands  of  final  critiques  and  graduation 
prohibit  scheduling  of  interviews  for  advanced  applicants  after  May  1 . 
Freshman  transfers  have  the  option  of  an  interview  with  portfolio  as 
described  above. 

Notice  of  Admission 

Transfer  applicants  judged  admissible  at  an  advanced  level  will  be  so 
informed  when  an  evaluation  of  their  portfolio  and  all  credentials 
have  been  completed.  Decision  letters  will  be  mailed  on  a  continuing 
basis  for  those  who  have  completed  the  application  process. 

Additional  Informotion 
Advcmced  Placement  Examination 

PCA  awards  three  credits  toward  the  liberal  arts  requirements  for  a 
score  of  3  or  better  in  any  CEEB  Advanced  Placement  examination  on 
an  academic  subject. 

College  Level  Examination  Placement  (CLEP)  Program 

Credit  will  be  allowed  toward  the  PCA  liberal  arts  requirement  for  a 
score  of  50  or  better  on  CLEP  subject  examinations.  This  allowance  is 
only  for  those  applicants  who  have  not  been  enrolled  in  school  or 
college  for  over  two  years. 

Foreign  Student  Applications 

Because  of  the  lengthy  procedures  and  extensive  time  needed  to 
receive  and  evaluate  credentials  from  overseas,  foreign  applicants 
should  apply  well  in  advance  of  desired  admission. 

Foreign  applicants  whose  native  language  is  other  than  English  are 
required  to  take  the  Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign  Language  (TOEFL). 
If  'TOEFL  scores  are  acceptable,  the  College  will  send  the  necessary 
forms  for  completing  application.  All  foreign  transcripts  and  other 


documents  must  be  certified  by  an  embassy,  legation,  or  consular 
officer  of  the  U.S.A. 

The  College  has  no  financial  aid  for  students  who  are  not  U.S. 
citizens.  Foreign  students  must  file  proof  of  their  ability  to  support 
themselves  from  their  own  financial  resources. 

The  immigration  forms  necessary  for  student  visas  will  be  completed 
by  the  College  only  after  an  applicant  has  accepted  an  offer  of 
admission.  This  school  is  authorized  under  Federal  law  to  enroll 
nonimmigrant  alien  students. 

Veterans 

As  an  accredited  degree-granting  institution,  the  College  is  approved 
by  the  Veterans  Administration.  Information  about  education  benefits 
may  be  obtained  from  any  VA  office. 

Special  Student  Status 

Undergraduate  enrollment  in  the  day  College  is  usually  reserved  for 
matriculated  students  pursuing  degree  graduation.  Special  students 
can  be  accommodated  for  credit  or  audit  registration  in  the  Continuing 
Studies  Program  in  the  day  College.  Students  applying  for  non- 
matiiculated  statiis  in  the  day  College  should  submit  the  undergraduate 
application  form  with  transcripts  and  a  portfolio  of  studio  work  to 
the  Office  of  Admissions.  Evaluation  of  application  is  made  by  the 
appropriate  departmental  faculty  and  the  Director  of  Admissions. 

Groiqi  Information  Sessions 

A  member  of  PCA's  faculty  or  admissions  staff  will  be  available  for 
group  information  sessions  on  scheduled  days  of  the  week.  Any  student, 
parent,  counselor  and/or  art  teacher  who  wishes  to  meet  in  a  group 
session  to  learn  about  the  College  should  contact  the  Admissions  Office 
for  an  appointment.  This  may  be  coordinated  with  a  tour  of  the  College 
facilities,  if  desired. 

Admission  to  the  Master  of  Arts  in  Art  Education  Program/ 
Teacher  Certification  Program 

The  following  information  applies  to  students  holding  Bachelor's  degrees 
who  are  interested  in  obtaining  a  Master  of  Arts  in  Art  Education  and/ 
or  the  Pennsylvania  Instructional  I  Certificate  (K-12). 

Application  for  the  M.A.  in  Art  Education/Teacher  Certification 

Required: 

1.  Completed  application  form  and  $20  application  fee.  Applicant 
for  M.A.  must  include  a  statement  describing  his  or  her  plans  for  the 
studio  major  on  the  application  form. 

2.  A  brief,  typewritten  statement  defining  the  applicant's  professional 
experience  and  objectives. 

3.  Two  official  transcripts  of  academic  record  for  each  undergraduate 
and  graduate  (if  any)  institution  previously  attended. 


4.  Ten  samples  or  slides  of  recent  original  studio  work. 

5.  Letters  of  recommendation  (three  for  M.A.,  two  for  Teacher 
Certification)  from  faculty,  program  advisors,  art  teacher  supervisors, 
and/or  any  other  authority  familiar  vrith  and  qualified  to  evaluate 
the  applicant's  academic  and  studio  performance. 

Dates  of  Application 

Applications  for  admission  to  the  graduate  program  must  be  completed 
and  all  credentials  submitted  by  April  15  for  admission  in  the 
succeeding  fall  semester  and  by  November  1 5  for  the  spring  semester. 
Submit  all  credentials  to  the  Graduate  Admissions  Office. 

Interviews 

All  applicants  for  the  M.A.  in  Art  Education  will  be  invited  to  the  College 
for  an  interview  conducted  by  the  faculty  of  the  program.  Interviews 
are  scheduled  immediately  after  the  deadline  dates  noted  above.  Each 
applicant  who  has  submitted  all  credentials  will  be  contacted  by  the 
Graduate  Admissions  Office  to  arrange  an  appointment.  If  you  can  take 
advantage  of  the  interview  option,  you  may  present  your  portfolio  of 
studio  work  at  that  time.  If  you  carmot  visit  the  College  for  the 
interview,  please  submit  your  portfolio  by  the  deadline. 


Philadelphia  waterfront 


TUITION  AND  EXPENSES 

Ck>inprehensive  Tuition  Program 

This  year  PCA  has  adopted  a  Comprehensive  Tuition  Program  which 
replaces  our  past  method  of  determining  tuition  charges  on  a  per  credit 
basis.  Comprehensive  tuition  will  be  charged  to  all  imdergraduate 
students  who  are  full  time.  A  full-time  undergraduate  student  takes  a 
minimum  of  12  credits  per  semester.  The  comprehensive  plan  permits  a 
full-time  student  to  carry  up  to  18  credits  per  semester  without 
additional  charge.  Students  will  be  charged  $150  ($135  tuition,  $15 
general  fee ')  for  each  credit  in  excess  of  18  in  one  semester.  Students 
registering  for  less  than  12  credits  will  be  charged  on  a  per  credit 
basis  at  the  rate  of  $150. 

Comprehensive  Tuition  per  semester  effective  July  1,  1980.  will  be 
$2250.  (This  represents  $2000  in  tuition  charges  and  a  $250  general 
fee.)  The  comprehensive  tuition  charge  will  be  applied  to  those 
students  registered  for  a  combined  total  of  12  to  18  credits  in  the  day 
and  evening  programs. 

The  only  additional  charge  is  the  mandatory  $10  Student  Health  Plan 
Fee  covering  service  for  all  students  through  The  Thomas  Jefferson 
University  Hospital. 

Schedule  of  Semester  Charges  and  Fees 

Tuition  per  credit  $150 

Graduate  tuition  per  credit  (see  below)  $150 

Late  registration  $  25 

Late  payment  $  20 

Transcript  of  record  $     1 

Diploma  and  commencement  fee  $  20 

Health  services  fee  $  10 

Schedule  change  (after  drop/add  period)  S     5 
Thesis  (per  semester)                                                                     1 .5  credits  or  $225 

Credit  by  examination  per  credit  $  10 


*  General  fees  contribute  toward  the  costs  of  library  facilities,  operation  and 
maintenance  of  physical  plant,  student  activities,  specialized  services  such  as 
health,  placement,  and  registration.  The  Board  of  Trustees  has  resolved  that  $5 
of  the  per  credit  tuition  charge  may  be  set  aside  for  the  sole  purpose  of  capital 
expenditures.  The  general  fee  is  not  refundable  under  any  circumstances. 

A  $50  damage  deposit  is  required  for  every  dormitory  resident.  Any  breakage 
or  damage  for  which  the  student  is  responsible  will  be  deducted  from  this  deposit. 
The  unexpended  portion  of  the  deposit  is  refunded  when  the  student  vacates 
the  dormitory. 


Tuition  for  Graduate  Students 

Tuition  for  graduate  studies  for  the  1980-81  year  will  be  charged  at 
the  rate  of  $  1 50  per  semester  credit  for  part-time  students  taking 
10  credits  or  below.  Full-time  students  (10.5-18  credits)  will  be  charged 
$2250  per  semester.  Teacher  Certification  special  students  will  be 
considered  full  time  at  12.5  and  above  credits.  General  fee  charges 
are  the  same  for  undergraduate  students.  A  fee  of  $225  or  1 .5  credits 
per  semester  will  be  charged  to  thesis  students  who  continue  thesis 
study  beyond  designated  coursework. 

Annual  Undergraduate  Expenses 


Tuition  and  genial  fee 

(12-18  semester  hour  credits) 

Student  residence  apartment  rental 

Board  (assuming  the  use  of 
apartment  kitchen  facilities) 

Art  supplies  and  books 

Commuting  and  lunch 

Estimated  annual  expenses 

(including  miscellaneous  expenses) 

If  you  have  any  questions  about  the  Comprehensive  Program,  please 
contact  the  Finance  Office. 


Tuition  Payments  and  Financial  Responsibility 

Payment  in  full  of  semester  billing  is  required  for  clearance  to  attend. 
The  College  does  not  offer  a  monthly  installment  plan  whereby 
enrollment  costs  may  be  paid  over  the  course  of  a  year.  However,  there 
are  several  such  plans  available  from  various  banks,  and  information 
will  be  supplied  to  all  students  at  the  time  tuition  statements  are  mailed, 
or  upon  request.  The  College  offers  a  deferred  payment  plan  which 
permits  payment  of  a  minimimi  of  60%  of  a  semester's  tuition  prior  to  the 
first  day  of  classes  and  the  balance  forty-five  days  from  the  first  day  of 
classes.  Approval  for  this  deferred  plan  must  be  requested  from  the 
Financial  Aid  Office  as  soon  as  the  student  receives  his  or  her  tuition 
bill.  The  student  personally,  and  his  or  her  parents  if  he  or  she  has  not 
attained  the  age  of  majority,  must  assume  full  obligation  for  any  and  all 
College  charges  levied. 

Students  are  prohibited  from  advance  registration  or  enrollment 
should  there  be  any  outstanding  obligation,  whether  tuition,  fees,  loans, 
or  library  books,  from  a  prior  semester. 


lent  Student 

Commuting  Student 

$4500 

$4500 

$1500 

$  650 

$  500 

$  500 

$  600 

$7150 

$5600 

STUDENT  PORTFOLIO 


Education,  Maria  Wheeler,  graduate  student 


Education,  James  Rauchman,  graduate  student 


Ceramics,  John  De  Fazio,  junior 


Glass,  Rhonda  Throne,  senior 


Jewelry /Metals,  Nancy  Lanyon,  junior 
66 


Jewelry/ Metals,  Todd  Noe,  junior 


Fibres,  Brian  Oninn,  junior 


Wood,  Marty  Linder,  junior 


-oebebe  OB  : 

^[iD  bb'be'd" c  : 

j 

'^^^"' ' 

*'■ 

EAST  ELEVATION 

EnvironmentaJ Design,  Ouinn  DeMenna, 


Environmental  Design,  Denise  Shamro,  senior 


v«^ 


!^N 


FUTURISM 


Balla 
Boccioni 
Severini 


Philadelphia  Museun  i  of  Art 
Octolxr6-January4 


Graphic  Design,  Doregeas  Shaw,  junic 


Graphic  Design,  Karen  Keenan,  junior 


Illustration,  Casmore  Edwards,  senior 


Illustration,  John  Ignarri,  sophomore 


Illustration,  Barbara  McGrath,  senior 


Industrial  Design,  Richard  Nadeau,  junior 


Industrial  Design,  Siri  Korsgren/Paul  Finkleston,  juniors 


Painting,  Ellen  Soffer,  junior 


Painting,  Matt  Marello,  sophomore 


Painting,  Daniel  Topalis,  junior 


Photography/Film,  John  Paskevich,  senior 


Photography/Film,  Joanne  Larry,  sophomore 


Sculpture,  Rachel  Marshall,  sophomore 


Sculpture,  Steve  Nocella,  junior 


Printmaking,  Deena  Underwood,  senior 


Piintmaking,  Daniel  Sadler, 


STUDENT  SERVICES 


Introduction 

The  Student  Services  division  of  PCA  is  a  vital  information  center 
consisting  of  the  offices  of  the  Dean  of  Students,  Career  Development 
and  Placement,  Financial  Aid,  Housing  and  Activities,  Health  Services, 
Registrar  and  Records,  Credit  Counseling,  and  Psychological 
Counseling. 

Student  Services  also  provides  counseling  on  off-campus  housing 
arrangements,  general  and  personal  counseling,  foreign  study,  student 
exchange  programs,  information  and  advice  on  College  regulations 
and  policies,  and  cultural  activities  in  the  Greater  Philadelphia  area. 

We  are  a  very  special  community  of  people  devoted  to  your  success 
in  all  aspects  of  student  life.  We  are  here  to  help  you  achieve  your  goals 
and  to  be  certain  that  your  experiences  measure  up  to  your  expectations. 
We  look  forward  to  meeting  each  of  you  individually  in  the  begiiming  of 
your  Foundation  year. 

Housing 

Campus  Housing  for  approximately  160  students  is  located  at  15th  and 
Spruce  close  to  all  College  facilities.  This  residence  is  co-educational 
and  features  apartment  accommodations  each  with  a  kitchen  and  bath. 
The  Residence  staff  consists  of  a  Residence  Director  and  Resident 
Advisors  with  counseling  and  supervisory  responsibilities.  Applications 
for  housing  will  be  mailed  to  new  students  after  they  aie  admitted  to  the 
College.  Freshmen  from  outside  the  Philadelphia  area  are  guaranteed 
housing  and  are  required  to  live  in  College  housing  their  first  year. 
Students  who  are  not  freshmen  may  choose  to  live  in  off-campus 
apartments.  PCA  will  assist  any  student  in  finding  off-campus 
accommodations. 

Counseling  Services 

Students  vrill  frequently  have  concerns  about  their  emotional,  physical, 
sexual,  or  intellectual  development.  To  assist  you  with  these  questions 
and  needs,  ^ee  psychological  counseling  is  available  through  the 
Student  Services  division  of  the  College.  Most  counseling  is  done  on  an 
individual  basis,  but  on  occasion,  group  counseling  can  be  arranged. 
Appointments  may  be  arranged  in  the  Dean  of  Students  office.  Students 
in  need  of  psychiatric  coimseling  may  consult  one  of  the  staff  counseling 
psychologists  for  assistance,  or  be  advised  by  one  of  the  physicians  from 
the  Family  Medicine  Unit  of  The  Thomas  Jefferson  University  Hospital. 

Career  Development  and  Placement  Office 

The  Career  Development  and  Placement  Office  provides  both 
students  and  alumni  with  a  full  program  for  the  development  of  their 
careers.  A  student's  career  development  is  an  integral  part  of  the 
academic  experience,  beginning  vrith  his  or  her  admission  to  the 


College.  The  office,  as  with  any  other  college  and  university,  caimot 
guarantee  job  placement;  however,  it  does  provide  opportunities  for 
students  to  gain  experience  and  earn  income  while  they  study.  Career 
counseling,  information  seminars,  and  internships  supplement  classroom 
and  studio  instruction. 

The  office  receives  approximately  1,000  part-time,  full-time,  and 
freelance  positions  each  year  for  both  students  and  alumni.  A  grovring 
number  of  recruiters  come  to  PCA  each  spring  to  interview  and  hire 
graduating  seniors.  Firms  from  across  the  country  contact  the  office  with 
career  opportimities  for  graduating  seniors  and  alumni.  While  entry 
level  salaries  for  artists  and  designers  vary  considerably,  many  of  the 
PCA  graduating  seniors  obtain  positions  that  are  in  the  $10-$  17,000 
range.  Within  the  first  six  months  of  gradxration,  85-90%  of  the  students 
obtain  employment. 

The  office  publishes  a  career  newsletter,  and  has  a  career  library  that 
includes  information  on  grants  available  to  visual  artists,  exhibitions 
and  competitions,  and  business  and  legal  concerns  for  the  professional 
artist.  Other  programs  include  a  credentials  service  to  assist  students 
and  alumni/ae  in  their  application  for  employment  or  graduate  school 
and  individual  and  group  workshops  in  resume  vnriting,  interviewing,  job 
marketing  skills,  and  locating  prospective  employers.  Students  are 
strongly  urged  to  arrange  an  individual  meeting  with  the  director  in  the 
first  years  of  their  academic  preparation.  The  student  and  director  wiU 
discuss  career  goals  and  options  in  order  to  maximize  the  integration  of 
his  or  her  academic  and  career  development. 

The  Alumni  Association 

The  Alumni  Association  of  the  Philadelphia  College  of  Art  assists  in  the 
support  of  the  College  and  in  establishing  strong  and  helpful 
relationships  among  former,  present  and  future  students  of  the  College. 
Directed  by  a  representative  Board,  the  Association  runs  an  active 
program  throughout  the  year  with  special  emphasis  on  directing  career 
coUabs  vrithin  the  College,  focusing  in  on  outstanding  alumni  by 
directing  a  major  alumni  show  in  the  College's  Main  Gallery  each  year 
and  by  holding  aliunni  reunions  and  outreach  programs  throughout  the 
country. 

Credit  Counseling 

The  credit  counselor  provides  each  upperclass  student  with  an  updated 
credit  count  during  the  advising  period  and  counsels  him  or  her  twice 
yearly  regarding  courses  and  credits  needed  in  both  liberal  arts  and  his 
or  her  major.  Each  student  is  thus  assured  of  making  normal  progress 
toward  graduation. 

Health  Service 

The  College  maintains  a  health  service,  open  weekdays  throughout  the 
regular  academic  sessions  and  staffed  by  a  resident  nurse.  The  medical 
needs  of  the  PCA  student  community  are  met  by  the  Jefferson  Hospital 
Family  Medicine  Department.  A  complete  range  of  physician's  services 


are  available  to  all  matriculated  PCA  students  by  payment  of  a 
mandatory  annual  health  fee.  The  Jefferson  Family  Medicine 
Department  is  located  in  the  new  Jefferson  Hospital  at  1 1  th  and  Walnut 
Streets,  a  short  walking  distance  from  the  College. 

Learning  Skills  Center 

This  center,  opened  in  1979,  helps  students  develop  reading 
proficiency  and  writing  skills,  provides  peer  tutoring  by  upperclass 
students,  and  counsels  students  on  study  skills  and  strategies.  Many 
undergraduates  are  referred  here  by  their  instructors,  but  those 
students  who  wish  to  improve  their  academic  performance  can  freely 
avail  themselves  of  the  center's  resources. 

Student  Safety 

PCA  has  assigned  security  personnel  to  all  its  buildings  to  provide 
twenty-four-hour  protection.  The  College  maintains  a  strict  I.D.  policy 
to  ensure  the  safety  of  students,  faculty,  and  staff.  Dorm  students  may 
request  escort  service  for  trips  between  residences  and  campus 
buildings  from  midnight  to  8  a.m. 

Meal  Service 

The  College  maintains  a  cafeteria  that  serves  breakfast,  limch,  and  a 
light  dinner.  Food-vending  machines  are  accessible  at  all  times,  both  in 
the  main  instructional  building  and  at  the  residence  hall. 

Student  Activities 

The  social  life  at  PCA  is  relaxed  and  informal.  Special  student 
activities  are  coordinated  and  funded  by  the  Arts  Coimcil,  a  h)oard  of 
students,  faculty,  and  staff  with  ten  to  fifteen  members.  Any  student 
wanting  to  organize  an  activity  is  encouraged  to  come  to  the  Council 
to  present  a  proposal.  Activities  sponsored  by  the  Council  in  the  past 
include  partial  funding  of  the  student  memberships  at  the  "Y"  at  Broad 
and  Pine  Streets  which  has  facilities  for  svrimming,  indoor  track, 
basketball,  exercising,  and  racquetball;  organizing  and  funding  the 
annual  Spring  Formal;  the  Friday  Night  Film  Series;  the  Halloween 
Dance;  several  outstanding  art  film  series;  various  coffee  houses;  dances; 
the  basketball  team,  and  performances  by  musicians.  An  effort  is  made 
to  supplement  the  extraordinary  range  of  social  and  cultural  events  in 
Philadelphia,  but  not  to  duplicate  them.  For  more  information,  please 
contact  the  Student  Services  offices. 

Monday-Sunday  is  a  weekly  nevreletter  that  is  distributed  throughout 
the  College  informing  students  of  scheduled  lectures,  films,  exhibits, 
and  performances  as  well  as  news  of  note  about  faculty,  students,  and 
alumni.  A  closed-circuit  television  monitor,  on  prominent  view  in  the 
main  lobby  of  Anderson  Hall,  also  publicizes  special  events  and 
activities. 


Social  Regulations 

The  College's  regulations  governing  nonacademic  student  conduct  are 
intended  to  maintain  a  viable  and  orderly  institutional  society, 
safeguard  the  particular  values  and  common  welfare  of  its  student 
body,  and  promote  the  best  possible  enviromnent  for  professional  study. 
Membership  in  the  College  community  is  regarded  as  a  privilege,  and 
the  student  is  expected  to  exercise  self-discipline  and  good  judgment. 
By  official  registration,  he  or  she  acknowledges  the  College's  authority 
to  define  and  enforce  standards  of  acceptable  conduct. 

Adjudication  of  alleged  student  misconduct  is  the  responsibility  of  the 
Office  of  the  Dean  of  Students  and  is  delegated  to  the  Disciplinary 
Committee,  representing  the  student  body,  faculty,  and  administration. 
A  complete  reference  to  all  rules  and  procedures  is  contained  in  the 
current  PCA  Student  Handbook. 

Student  Work 

The  College  reserves  the  right  to  retain  one  or  more  examples  of  each 
student's  work  to  be  added  to  its  permanent  collection  of  student  art. 

College  Liability 

The  College  cannot  be  responsible  for  the  loss  of  a  student's  personal 
property  resulting  from  fire,  theft,  or  any  other  cause.  Personal 
insurance  is  recommended. 

Work  done  in  the  studio  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty  member  is 
considered  a  part  of  the  educational  program.  Reasonable  care  will  be 
exercised  to  protect  assignments  and  projects,  but  the  College  cannot 
assume  responsibility  for  loss  or  damage  to  student  work  stored  or 
exhibited  on  the  premises. 


The  neighborhood  YM-YWHA,  Broad  and  Pine  Streets 


COOPERATIVE  AND  EXCHANGE  PROGRAMS 

COOPEBATIVE  AND  EXCHANGE  PROGRAMS 
Programs  in  the  USA 

PCA  has  designed  an  attractive  array  of  cooperative  programs  wrhich 
serve  to  expand  and  enrich  your  educational  experience.  Student 
exchange  programs  offer  you  the  opportunity  to  spend  a  semester  or 
year  as  a  visiting  student  on  the  campus  of  another  art  college.  The 
following  schools  share  exchange  programs  vrith  PCA: 

Atlanta  College  of  Art 

Aiiists  for  Environment  Progiam,  Delaware  Water  Gap  National 

Recreation  Area  (see  below) 
California  College  of  Arts  and  Crafts 
Center  for  Creative  Studies,  College  of  Art  and  Design 
Cleveland  Institute  of  Art 
The  Cooper  Union 
Kansas  City  Art  Institute 
Maryland  Institute,  College  of  Art 
Massachusetts  College  of  Art 
Minneapolis  College  of  Art  and  Design 
Nova  Scotia  College  of  Art  and  Design 
Otis  Art  Institute  of  Parsons  School  of  Design 
Parsons  School  of  Design 
Pratt  Institute 
San  Francisco  Art  Institute 
School  of  the  Art  Institute  of  Chicago 
School  of  the  Museum  of  Fine  Arts 
Tyler  School  of  Art 

Additional  information  and  application  forms  are  available  in  the  Dean 
of  Students  office. 

Artists  for  Environment  Program 

This  unique  program  permits  sophomores  and  juniors  majoring  in 
painting  to  enroll  for  one  semester  at  the  Delawrare  Water  Gap  National 
Recreation  Area  in  Walpack  Center,  New  Jersey.  This  nonprofit 
foundation,  located  in  unspoiled  mountainous  isolation,  is  affiliated 
vrith  the  National  Park  Service  of  the  U.S.  Department  of  the  Interior. 
Artists  for  Enviroimient  is  a  community  of  painters  working,  living,  and 
studying  together  for  concentrated  periods,  attempting  to  reroot  their 
identities  in  nature  and  their  envirormient. 

Each  student  is  provided  vrith  his  or  her  ovm.  living  quarters  and 
studio  space.  Students  work  independently,  vrith  weekly  or  biweekly 
instruction  from  resident  staff.  Final  reports  and  evaluations  are  sent  to 
the  student's  home  institution.  Participants  in  the  program  work  closely 
with  National  Park  Service  persoimel  —  naturalists,  historians,  and 
Rangers.  The  curriculum  is  augmented  by  trips  to  museums  and 
galleries,  and  visiting  faculty,  artists,  photographers,  and  musicians 
are  available  for  presentations  and  critiques  on  an  informal  basis. 


Pennsylvania  Academy /PCA  Cooperative  Program 

In  1970,  PCA  and  the  Pennsylvania  Academy  of  the  Fine  Arts 
inaugurated  an  extraordinary  transfer  program  to  serve  the  Academy's 
scholastically  qualified  four-year  certificate  candidates  and  graduates 
who  seek  a  baccalaureate  degree. 

PAFA  graduates  and  students  currently  enrolled  in  the  PAFA 
96-credit  certificate  program  who  gain  formal  Academy  endorsement 
are  admissible  to  PCA  as  degree-credit  registrants.  These  registrants 
complete  PCA's  prevailing  liberal  arts  credit  requirements  for  their 
Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  degree.  They  will  be  considered  to  have  fulfilled 
PCA's  studio  requirements  for  degree  graduation  upon  receipt  of  the 
Academy's  certificate.  A  maximum  12  semester  credits  earned  at 
another  institution  in  liberal  arts  course  work  vrill  be  evaluated  for 
transfer  toward  PCA's  requirements. 

Reciprocally,  the  Academy  will  accommodate  PCA  students  who 
vrish  to  augment  their  studio  programs  by  registering  for  selected 
PAFA  course  offerings,  class  size  permitting. 

Foreign  and  Summer  Study  Programs 

PCA  students  are  encouraged  to  apply  for  admission  to  the  visual  arts 
programs  at  colleges,  universities,  and  institutes  in  the  United  States 
and  other  countries.  Written  approval  from  the  PCA  chairperson  for 
PCA  credit  upon  successful  completion  of  studies  at  another  institution 
must  he  obtained.  Summer  programs  and  international  art  institutes 
where  PCA  students  have  recently  enrolled  include: 

The  Academies  of  Fine  Arts  in  Florence  and  Rome 

Blossom-Kent  Art  Program,  Kent  State  University 

Croydon  College  of  Art,  England 

Epsom  College  of  Art  and  Design,  England 

The  Fulbright-Hays  Grants 

Lake  Placid  School  of  Art,  New  York 

Royal  College  of  Art,  England 

Scandinavian  Seminar 

Skowhegan  School  of  Painting  and  Sculpture,  Maine 

Tyler  School  of  Art  in  Rome 

Yale-Norfolk  Summer  School,  Connecticut 

Further  information  on  any  of  the  above  programs  can  be  obtained 
from  the  Dean  of  Students. 


FINANCIAL  AID 


FINANCIAL  AID  FOR  NEW  STUDENTS 
Application  Procedures 

If  you  are  applying  for  admission  to  the  Philadelphia  College  of  Art 
as  a  freshman  or  a  transfer  student  and  will  need  additional  funds  to 
supplement  youi  own  resources  for  the  cost  of  your  education,  you 
should  apply  for  financial  aid.  Undergraduate  financial  aid  awards 
may  consist  of  grant,  loan,  and  employment  or  a  combination  of  these 
funds  from  federal,  state,  or  college-administered  aid  programs. 

To  apply  for  financial  aid,  applicants  must  submit  a  completed 
1 981-82  Financial  Aid  Form  (FAF)  to  the  College  Scholarship  Service. 
The  Philadelphia  College  of  Art  has  no  additional  application  form  for 
new  students.  The  Financial  Aid  Form  is  available  from  high  school 
guidance  counselors  or  college  financial  aid  offices.  The  College 
Scholarship  Service  will  analyze  the  information  on  the  Financial  Aid 
Form  to  determine  your  eligibility  for  financial  aid.  Your  application  is 
then  forwarded  to  the  PCA  Financial  Aid  Office  where  the  application 
is  reviewed,  adjusted  if  necessary,  and  funds  are  awarded. 

The  College's  financial  aid  funds  are  limited  and  we  cannot  offer 
assistance  to  every  eligible  applicant.  Early  application  for  both 
admission  and  financial  aid  is  essential  for  aid  consideration.  Therefore, 
to  be  considered  for  College-administered  funds,  a  completed  1981-82 
Financial  Aid  Form  should  be  mailed  to  the  College  Scholarship 
Service  in  January  or  early  February.  Generally  speaking,  a  student 
whose  Financial  Aid  Form  is  received  by  the  PCA  Financial  Aid  Office 
(after  processing  by  the  College  Scholarship  Service)  after  March  15, 
cannot  be  offered  College-administered  aid  funds. 

Financial  aid  decisions  are  made  separately  from  admission 
decisions  and  do  not  affect  each  other  in  any  way.  Applicants  for 
financial  aid  should  not  wait  until  they  have  been  offered  admission  to 
the  College  to  apply  for  aid.  ADMISSION  AND  HNANCIAL  AID 
APPUCATIONS  SHOULD  BE  MADE  SIMULTANEOUSLY.  Once  an 
applicant  has  been  offered  admission  to  PCA,  his  or  her  name  is 
forwarded  to  the  Financial  Aid  Office.  If  the  CSS  Financial  Aid  Form 
has  been  received  by  the  College,  the  student  will  be  notified  of  any 
financial  aid  funds  that  have  been  awarded  by  the  College  within  two 
weeks  after  being  offered  admission  to  PCA. 

Eligibility 

If  a  student  has  already  earned  a  bachelor's  degree  in  any  field,  he 
or  she  is  ineligible  for  financial  aid.  Students  enrolled  only  for  teacher 
certification  are  also  ineligible.  Only  matriculated,  full-time  or  part- 
time  undergraduate  day  students  may  receive  financial  assistance 
from  the  College. 

All  financial  aid  funds  administered  by  the  Philadelphia  College  of 
Art  are  awarded  on  the  basis  of  demonstrated  financial  need  and  the 


availability  of  funds.  Preference  is  given,  in  the  case  of  new  students, 
to  those  who  demonstrate  outstanding  promise  of  success  in  PCA's 
curriculum.  However,  any  applicant  who  applies  before  the  published 
deadline  will  also  be  given  priority.  College-administered  financial 
aid  funds  will  not  be  used  to  replace  federal  or  state  grants  for  which 
a  student  is  eligible  but  who  fails  to  complete  the  required  applications. 


TYPES  OF  HNANCIAL  AID  AVAILABLE 
College- Administered  Financicd  Aid  Programs 
National  Direct  Student  Loan 

When  a  student  is  awarded  NDSL  funds  from  the  College,  repayment  of 
the  principal  and  interest  does  not  begin  until  nine  months  after 
graduation.  The  rate  of  interest  is  3%.  Students  awarded  NDSL  funds 
are  provided  with  copies  of  loan  repayment  schedules.  Depending  on 
the  total  amount  borrowed,  a  student  may  take  up  to  ten  years  to  fully 
repay  this  loan  to  the  College. 

College  Work-Study  Program 

Students  who  are  awarded  work-study  funds  will  be  placed  in  various 
jobs  in  the  offices  and  departments  within  the  College.  Jobs  vary 
depending  on  class  schedules,  student  skills,  and  experierice.  Work- 
study  students  receive  a  monthly  paycheck  for  the  hours  worked. 

Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity  Grant 

These  grant  funds,  which  require  no  repayment  obligation,  are  awarded 
by  the  Financial  Aid  Office  to  students  with  the  greatest  financial  need. 

PCA  Grant-In-Aid 

These  grant  funds,  vrith  no  repayment  obligation,  are  allocated  by  the 
College  to  supplement  all  other  financial  aid  programs.  Partial  fimding 
for  this  program  is  provided  by  endowed  scholarships,  listed  by  name  of 
donor  on  page  89  of  the  catalogue,  for  students  with  demonstrated 
financial  need.  For  the  current  academic  year,  the  College  has 
provided  over  $500,000  for  the  grant-in-aid  program. 

State-Administered  Financial  Aid  Programs 
Pennsylvania 

All  residents  of  Permsylvania  are  expected  to  make  application  for  the 
Pennsylvania  Higher  Education  Grant  Program  (PHEAA).  Eligibility 
for  this  program  is  determined  by  a  separate  PHEAA  grant  application 
form.  Therefore,  all  Pennsylvania  residents  must  submit  a  1981-82 
PHEAA  GRANT  APPLICATION  in  addition  to  the  Financial  Aid  Form. 
PHEAA  GRANT  APPUCATIONS  must  be  sent  to  the  PHEAA  Agency  in 
Hairisburg  no  later  than  MAY  1 .  Applications  are  available  from  high 
school  guidance  counselors  or  college  financial  aid  offices. 


Other  Storte  Grant  Programs 

If  you  are  a  permanent  resident  of  either  Connecticut,  Massachusetts, 
Rhode  Island,  Ohio,  Vermont,  or  New  Jersey,  you  must  apply  for  funding 
from  the  state  grant  agency  of  your  home  state.  Each  of  these  state 
grant  programs  require  that  you  submit  that  particular  state's  version 
of  the  1981-82  Financial  Aid  Form.  These  applications  are  available 
from  the  PCA  Financial  Aid  Office.  If  you  have  completed  the 
appropriate  state  version  of  the  Financial  Aid  Form,  you  will  not  need 
to  fill  out  an  additional  state  grant  application.  College  Scholarship 
Service  will  forward  the  information  on  your  Financial  Aid  Form  to  your 
state  grant  agency. 

Federally-Administered  Financial  Aid  Programs 
Basic  Educational  Opportunity  Grant 

All  applicants  for  financial  aid  are  required  to  apply  for  this  federal 
grant  program.  There  is  no  repayment  involved.  If  you  have  submitted 
a  completed  1981-82  Financial  Aid  Fonn,  there  is  no  need  to  use  a 
separate  Basic  Grant  application.  The  College  Scholarship  Service  will 
forward  your  information  directly  to  the  Basic  Grant  program. 

Guaranteed  Student  Loan  Program 

Every  matriculated  student  should  be  eligible  to  participate  in  this 
federal  student  loan  program.  Guaranteed  Student  Loans  are  7% 
interest  loans.  Students  may  borrow  up  to  $2,500  per  academic  year 
vrith  a  cumulative  amoimt  not  to  exceed  $7,500  for  an  undergraduate 
course  of  study.  Repayment  of  loan  principal  and  interest  does  not 
begin  as  long  as  the  student  maintains  continuous  enrollment  at  least 
on  a  half-time  basis.  Applications  for  Guaranteed  Student  Loans  are 
available  from  most  banks. 

Student  Responsibilities 

Students  who  receive  awards  from  any  outside  agency  or  private 
organization  are  obligated  to  notify  the  PCA  Financial  Aid  Office  of 
such  aid.  At  no  time  can  total  financial  assistance,  including  awards 
from  outside  or  private  organizations,  exceed  the  student's  established 
level  of  demonstrated  financial  need. 

All  transfer  students  are  required  to  submit  a  Financial  Aid 
Transcript  to  PCA  from  any  post-secondary  institution  attended, 
whether  or  not  financial  aid  was  received  from  that  institution. 

Renewal  Application 

College  aid  funds  are  awarded  for  an  academic  year  (two  semesters) 
and  must  be  renewed  annually  by  formal  application.  A  student 
receiving  aid  must  maintain  at  least  a  2.0  (C)  grade  point  average  for 
continuation  of  funding.  The  College  reserves  the  right  to  terminate 
financial  assistance  at  the  end  of  the  fall  semester  if  the  student's  grade 
point  average  is  below  the  level  required  for  eligibility. 


Financial  Aid  for  Currently  Enrolled  and  Former 
Returning  Students 
Application  Procedures 

Enrolled  students  or  former  students  considering  readmission  who  are 
applying  for  continuation  of  aid  funds  must  maintain  at  least  a  2.0 
(C)  semester  and  cumulative  grade  point  average. 

The  annual  financial  aid  application  period  for  enrolled  students  is 
FEBRUARY  1  through  MARCH  31.  Late  applications  will  not  be 
considered  for  college-administered  aid  funds. 

A  completed  application  for  renewal  of  financial  aid  consists  of: 

1.  1981-82  Philadelphia  College  of  Art  Application  for  Financial 
Aid 

2.  1981-82  College  Scholarship  Service  (CSS)  Financial  Aid  Form 

3.  1981-82  PHEAA  Grant  application  (Pennsylvania  residents 
only) 

4.  Copies  of  federal  IRS  1040  or  1040A  Income  Tax  Forms  for 
both  the  student  and  the  parent(s)  of  the  student 

Aid  awards  are  normally  limited  to  a  maximum  of  eight  semesters 
(four  academic  years).  Students  who  fail  to  complete  the  necessary 
number  of  credits  required  for  graduation  vrithin  the  four-year  period 
due  to  change  of  major  or  transfer  status  will  be  considered  for  a  fifth 
year  of  financial  assistance  only  on  an  individual  basis.  PCA  cannot 
guarantee  financial  assistance  beyond  eight  semesters  or  after 
completion  of  the  required  number  of  credits  needed  for  graduation. 

A  student  who  withdraws  faom  the  College  midsemester  for  other 
than  an  approved  reason  (namely  health)  will  not  be  eligible  for 
financial  aid  on  his  or  her  return  for  a  repeat  of  that  semester's  courses. 

Financial  aid  awarded  by  the  College  may  be  used  only  to  meet 
educational  expenses  incurred  by  enrollment  at  PCA  or  one  of  the  art 
institutions  vrith  which  PCA  has  a  Student  Exchange  Program.  The 
College  is  not  able  to  offer  financial  assistance  for  enrollment  at  foreign 
institutions. 

Financial  Aid  For  Graduate  Students 

Refer  to  M.A.  in  Art  Education. 

Act  101  Program 
Description  of  Program 

The  Higher  Education  Equal  Opportunity  Program  (Act  101),  estab- 
lished by  the  Commonwealth  of  Peimsylvania  in  1971,  encourages 
institutions  of  higher  learning  to  admit  low-income  students  who,  due  to 
poor  performance  on  standardized  tests,  inadequate  high  school 
preparation,  or  both,  would  not  normally  be  admitted. 

These  institutions  recruit  highly  motivated  students  who  show  the 
potential  to  succeed  in  college  with  adequate  support  (counseling, 
tutoring,  and  financial  assistance).  The  goal  of  Act  101  is  to  help  these 
institutions  provide  opportunities  for  nontraditional  students  seeking  a 
college  education. 


Eligibility 

Act  101  participants  are  chosen  on  the  basis  of  their  academic 
potential,  motivation,  and  aspirations.  To  be  eligible  for  program 
services,  students  must  have  an  adjusted  family  income  of  $10,000  or 
less  and  a  predicted  grade  point  average,  as  determined  by  the 
institution,  of  2.0  (C)  or  less. 

Participants  must  be  residents  of  Pennsylvania  and  must  be  admitted 
as  full-time  students  to  the  postsecondary  degree-granting  institution. 
Students  wishing  to  apply  for  support  through  the  101  Program  should 
contact  the  Admissions  Office  or  the  101  Office  of  the  College. 

Economic  Eligibility 

The  adjusted  family  income  is  computed  by  deducting  the  following 
allowances  from  the  gross  family  income  (used  for  income  tax 
purposes): 

•  $1,000  per  dependent 

•  working  mother  allowance 

•  unreimbursed  medical  expenses 

•  other  siblings  enrolled  in  postsecondary  education 

•  handicapped  child  allowance 

•  business  or  farm  depreciation  and  asset  taxes 

Some  participants  may  exceed  the  $10,000  income  figure  in  cases  of 
documented  hardship. 


ACADEMIC  REGULATIONS 


Terms  of  Enrollment 

A  student  is  enrolled  full  time  if  his  or  her  courses,  both  studio  and 
liberal  arts,  total  12  or  more  semester  credits.  For  graduate  students, 
10.5  or  more  semester  credits  constitute  full-time  enrollment. 

Class  Attendance 

All  students  are  expected  to  attend  classes  regularly  and  promptly 
and  for  the  duration  of  the  scheduled  instructional  time.  There  is  no 
class  cut  allowance.  Individual  instructors  will  decide  the  optimum 
time  for  marking  attendance  and  may  penalize  for  habitual  lateness. 
For  absences  totaling  15%  of  the  number  of  class  meetings  scheduled 
through  the  semester,  the  student  will  receive  formal  warning  that 
course  registration  is  in  jeopardy.  Reported  absences  exceeding  25% 
of  scheduled  class  time  vrill  be  cause  for  the  student  being  withdrawn 
from  the  course  and  the  recording  of  an  "F"  or  "OF"  grade. 


Grading  System 

A           Excellent 

4.0 

B+        Very  Good 

3.5 

B           Good 

3.0 

C+       Moderately  Good 

2.5 

C           Satisfactory 

2.0 

D+        Slightly  better  than  passing 

1.5 

D           Poor  but  passing 

1.0 

F            Failing 

0 

I            Incomplete 

— 

W          Withdrew 

0 

OP        Optional  pass 

0 

OF        Optional  fail 

0 

When  a  course  previously  failed  is  repeated  and  a  passing  grade 
earned,  both  the  failing  and  repeat  grades  remain  permanently 
recorded;  on  petition,  however,  the  grade  point  average  is  recomputed 
to  exclude  any  penalty  for  the  initial  failure. 

When  registering  for  liberal  arts  courses,  students  may  elect  to  be 
graded  "OP"  (pass)  or  "OF"  (fail).  Under  this  option,  the  "OP"  grade 
earns  credit;  neither  the  "OP"  nor  the  "OF"  is  computed  in  the  grade 
average. 

Detailed  information  on  the  grading  system  can  be  found  in  the 
Student  Resource  Handbook  which  is  given  to  all  incoming  students. 


Change  of  Grade 

If  a  student  questions  the  correctness  of  a  grade,  either  final  or 
otherwise,  the  student  should  first  arrange  to  discuss  the  matter  with 
his  or  her  instructor.  If  a  satisfactory  resolution  is  not  reached  with  the 
instructor,  the  chairperson  of  the  department  should  be  consulted.  The 
student  may,  as  a  last  resort,  bring  the  matter  to  the  attention  of  the 
Dean  of  Students.  Any  change  of  final  grade  requested  by  a  student 
and  approved  by  his  or  her  instructor  must  be  endorsed  by  the 
department  chairperson  and  the  Dean  of  Students  and  effected  no 
later  than  the  end  of  the  semester  following  the  one  in  which  the  grade 
was  given. 

Withdrawal  from  Courses 

Students  may  withdraw  from  courses  with  a  notation  of  "W" 
(withdrawal)  on  their  academic  records  up  through  the  last  day  of  the 
sixth  week  of  the  semester.  Withdrawal  or  a  grade  of  "W"  does  not 
affect  the  computation  of  the  student's  grade  point  average.  After  the 
sixth  week,  a  grade  of  "F"  will  be  recorded;  exceptions,  that  is  to  say 
a  grade  of  "W,"  may  be  made  for  extraordinary  personal  circumstances, 
by  the  faculty  involved,  in  consultation  with  the  Dean  of  Students. 

A  student  who  withdraws  from  a  course  past  drop-and-add  week 
receives  no  refund  of  tuition. 

Withdrawal  from  the  College 

A  student  in  good  academic  standing  who  is  granted  an  authorized 
withdrawal  from  the  College  after  the  sixth  week  will  be  assigned  a 
"W"  for  all  courses.  A  grade  of  "W"  does  not  affect  the  computation  of 
the  student's  grads  point  average. 

Student  Petitions 

Enrolled  students  who  want  to  petition  for  transfer  of  credit  should 
complete  a  petition  form  available  from  the  Office  of  the  Registrar  and 
present  it  to  the  appropriate  chairperson  of  studio  or  liberal  arts  for 
approval.  Requests  for  exceptions  to  the  transfer  credit  regulation 
and/or  exceptions  to  graduation  requirements  should  be  presented  to 
either  the  Dean  of  Academic  Affairs  or  the  Dean  of  Students. 

Readmission 

Written  appeal  for  reinstatement  as  a  degree  candidate  should  be 
addressed  to  the  Dean  of  Students  well  in  advance  of  the  semester  for 
which  the  former  student  desires  to  register.  The  deadlines  are  April  1 
for  the  follovring  fall  semester  and  October  15  for  the  following  spring 
semester.  The  College  will  continue  to  process  late  requests  but  places 
may  be  scarce.  The  appropriate  departmental  faculty  must  endorse 
readmission. 


Return  Degree  Program 

Diploma  graduates  of  the  College  are  eligible  to  attain  the  bachelor's 
degree  from  PCA.  All  studio  requirements  for  the  degree  will  have  been 
satisfied  by  earning  the  diploma.  To  earn  the  bachelor's  degree, 
students  must  complete  the  prevailing  45-credit  hour  requirement  of 
the  Liberal  Arts  Department  (see  description  of  department  below). 
Course  requirements  may  be  taken  at  PCA  or  any  accredited  college 
or  university.  Appropriate  and  equivalent  courses  may  be  transferred 
from  other  accredited  institutions. 

Students  may  wish  to  consider  completing  some  of  the  courses 
through  the  College  Level  Examination  Program.  Further  information 
and  request  for  readmission  should  be  addressed  to  the  Dean 
of  Students. 

Dean's  List 

Students  whose  semester  grade  point  average  is  3.5  (B+)  or  higher  vrill 
be  accorded  the  distinction  of  inclusion  on  the  Dean's  List  compiled 
each  semester  and  entered  on  the  student's  permanent  record.  To  be 
eligible,  a  student  must  be  matriculated  and  full  time.  The  college 
recognizes  those  students  who  achieve  Dean's  List  with  a  special 
educational  and  social  event  during  the  semester  in  which  the  student 
is  on  the  Dean's  List. 

Academic  Probation 

If  a  student's  semester  or  cumulative  grade  point  average  is  below 
2.0  (C),  he  or  she  is  automatically  placed  on  academic  probation  and 
required  to  attain  at  least  a  2.0  cumulative  grade  point  average  in  the 
next  semester.  This  requirement  may  be  set  higher  by  the  Academic 
Review  Committee  depending  on  the  student's  overall  record.  Severe 
academic  failure  in  any  one  semester  can  mean  dismissal.  The 
voluntary  withdrawal  of  a  student  facing  probation  vrill  be  recorded  as 
"not  in  good  academic  standing."  If  a  student  fails  to  comply  with  the 
terms  of  probation  or  does  not  meet  the  expectations  of  the  department, 
he  or  she  may  be  dropped  from  that  department. 

Admission  on  probation  is  a  conditional  acceptance  requiring  the 
new  student  to  achieve  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  at  least 
2.0  the  first  one  or  two  semesters. 

Notations  concerning  academic  probation  are  entered  on  the 
student's  permanent  record. 

Students  Placed  on  Academic  Probation  for  the  First  Time 

A  student  who  has  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  greater  than 
2.0  (C)  but  whose  semester  grade  point  average  is  less  than  2.0  will  be 
required  to  have  a  semester  average  of  2.0  by  the  end  of  the  next 
semester. 

A  student  who  has  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  less  than 
2.0  (C)  will  be  required  to  have  a  cumulative  average  of  at  least  2.0  by 
the  end  of  the  next  semester. 


The  above  procedures  are  automatic.  The  exceptions,  which  the 
Academic  Review  Committee  will  study,  are: 

1.  Students  who  have  failed  one  or  more  of  the  major  studios,  and/or 
Liberal  Arts  108,  1  lOA,  or  1  lOB. 

2.  Upperclassmen  who  have  failed  Liberal  Arts  1  lOA  or  1  lOB. 

3.  Upperclassmen  who  have  received  a  grade  point  average  of  less 
than  I.O. 

Students  Continued  on  Academic  Probation 
ior  a  Second  Semester 

Students  on  academic  probation  who  fail  to  meet  their  grade  point 
average  requirement  by  the  end  of  the  term,  but  are  continued  on 
academic  probation  for  a  second  consecutive  semester,  will  be 
dismissed  at  the  conclusion  of  the  second  semester  if  they  fail  to  meet 
the  grade  point  average  specified  by  the  Academic  Review  Committee. 
Such  students  will  not  be  considered  for  readmission  before  the  end  of 
one  full  academic  year.  Requests  for  readmission,  however,  should  be 
processed  the  semester  prior  to  the  student's  anticipated  return. 
Notations  concerning  academic  probation  are  entered  on  the  student's 
permanent  record. 

Honors 

A  student  may  graduate  vrith  honors  if  he  or  she  achieves  a  minimum 
cumulative  grade  point  average  of  3.5. 

Graduation  Requirements 

It  is  the  student's  responsibility  to  complete  course  requirements  for 
the  B.F.A.,  B.S.,  or  M.A.  degree.  To  be  certified  for  graduation,  a  student 
must  fulfill  all  applicable  credit  requirements,  satisfy  the  minimum 
resident  requirement,  achieve  minimum  cumulative  grade  point 
average  of  2.0  (C  average),  and  receive  the  approval  of  his  or  her 
department  chairperson  as  having  met  all  major  requirements. 

Dual  Degrees 

A  student  may  graduate  with  a  major  in  two  departments  if  he  or  she 
completes  the  requirements  for  each  department.  Likewise,  a  student 
who  wishes  to  graduate  with  both  a  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Environmental  Design  and/ or  Industrial  Design  and  a  Bachelor  of  Fine 
Arts  in  one  of  the  other  studio  areas  must  complete  the  requirements 
for  each  degree.  Any  course  that  fulfills  a  requirement  in  one  degree 
program  does  not  have  to  be  repeated  to  fulfill  the  second. 

Dismissal 

It  is  the  College's  prerogative  to  dismiss  a  student  for  stated  cause. 
Failure  to  clear  academic  probation  requirements  will  result  in 
dismissal  action  by  the  Academic  Review  Committee.  The  Disciplinary 
Committee  may  order  suspension  or  expulsion  for  student  conduct 
judged  unacceptable. 


Further,  a  faculty  member  may  drop  a  student  from  fiis  or  fier  class 
for  stated  cause;  i.e.,  nonattendance,  nonachievement,  or  disciplinary 
reasons. 

Leave  of  Absence 

Leave  of  absence  will  be  granted  by  the  Dean  of  Students  for 
reasonable  cause,  if  the  student  is  in  good  academic  standing,  i.e.,  a 
cumulative  grade  point  average  of  at  least  2.0  (C).  A  leave  is  for  a 
specified  semester  or  year  and  before  expiration  does  not  require 
formal  readmission.  A  student  requiring  a  medical  leave  of  absence 
will  not  necessarily  be  held  to  the  stated  grade  point  average 
requirement.  A  student  who  has  been  granted  a  leave  of  absence  may 
advance  register,  in  person  only,  during  the  semester  preceding  his  or 
her  return. 

Withdrawal  from  the  College 

A  student  may  withdraw  at  any  time  during  the  academic  year  by 
initiating  his  or  her  official  withdrawal  with  the  Dean  of  Students, 
securing  clearance  from  the  Business  Office,  Financial  Aid  Office, 
Registrar's  Office,  Library,  and  obtaining  endorsement  from  his  or  her 
department  chairperson  for  the  Registrar's  approval.  Withdrawal  is 
official  when  the  student  receives  written  notification  from  the 
Registrar.  The  enrolled  student  who  does  not  register  for  the  next 
semester  will  be  considered  unofficially  vrithdrawn. 

Refund  Policy  for  Withdrawal  from  College 

For  official  withdrawal  the  following  refund  policy  is  in  effect: 

For  withdrawal  during  the  first  week  of  classes:  80%  refund 
For  withdrawal  during  the  second  week  of  classes:  80%  refund 
For  withdrawal  during  the  third  week  of  classes:  60%  refund 
For  withdrawal  during  the  fourth  week  of  classes:  40%  refund 
For  withdrawal  during  the  hfth  week  of  classes:  20%  refund 
No  refund  after  the  hfth  week  of  classes 

A  student  required  to  withdraw  for  disciplinary  reasons  will  not  be 
entitled  to  any  refund.  Student  Residence  apartment  rent,  general  fees, 
and  other  charges  are  not  refundable. 

An  appeals  process  exists  for  students  and  parents  who  feel  that 
individual  circumstances  warrant  exceptions  from  this  policy.  Appeals 
should  be  registered  at  the  office  of  the  Vice  President  of  Finance. 

Student  Access  to  Academic  Records 

PGA  is  in  compliance  with  the  provision  of  the  Family  Educational 
Rights  and  Privacy  Act  (FERPA  or  the  Buckley  Amendment),  which 
assures  students  confidentiality  of  their  academic  records.  A  statement 
to  this  effect  may  be  obtained  on  request  from  the  office  of  the  Dean 
of  Students. 


The  College  classifies  the  follovring  as  "directory  information"  and 
will  disclose  such  information  to  anyone  presenting  a  bona  fide  request: 
name,  address,  telephone  listing,  dates  of  enrollment,  major  program, 
and  graduation  date.  Any  student  who  does  not  want  this  information 
released  must  give  wrritten  notice  to  the  Registrar's  Office  no  later  than 
the  end  of  the  second  week  of  any  semester  or  session  for  which  he  or 
she  is  enrolled. 

Students  have  the  right  to  inspect  their  academic  records  by  arrange- 
ment with  the  Registrar's  Office.  PCA  requires  a  student's  written 
consent  to  release  his  or  her  personal  records  to  any  individual,  agency, 
or  organization  except  to  other  school  officials  who  have  legitimate 
educational  interests,  government  officials  enumerated  in  FERPA,  or  in 
connection  with  a  student's  application  for  and  receipt  of  financial  aid. 


CURRICULAR  REQUIREMENTS 


Credit  Distribution 

The  student  is  ultimately  responsible  for  the  completion  of  all  course 
requirements  for  the  degree  program  in  which  he  or  she  is  enrolled. 

The  College  requires  a  minimum  of  132  credits  for  graduation. 

In  the  Foundation  Program,  students  must  carry  9  credits  each 
semester  in  the  core  program  of  two-  and  three-dimensional  design 
studies  and  drawing.  Also,  they  usually  take  6  credits  each  semester 
in  liberal  arts  subjects  and  at  least  one  freshman  studio  elective  each 
term  for  a  year's  total  of  33  credits. 

First-time  freshmen  are  not  permitted  to  register  for  additional  studio 
courses:  transfer  freshmen,  however,  may  carry  additional  studio  work 
in  their  second  semester  with  the  express  approval  of  the  Foundation 
Program  co-chairpersons  if  schedules  permit. 

A  student  carrying  an  average  of  16.5  credits  per  semester  is 
considered  to  be  making  normal  progress  toward  graduation.  Students 
majoring  in  each  of  the  studio  areas  are  required  to  fulfill  their 
departmental  programs. 

These  programs  include  a  basic  credit  structure  as  follows: 


Foundation 

Major  Department  Credits 

Other  required  credits  outside  the  Department 

Remaining  electives  (9  credits  must  be  taken  in  a  department 

other  than  the  major) 

Liberal  Arts 


Credits 

18 

45 

6 

18 
45 


The  minimum  credit  load  for  full-time  status  is  considered  to  be  12 
credits  per  semester.  Full-time  status  is  not  required  to  maintain 
enrollment  in  any  undergraduate  program. 

The  normal  maximum  credit  load  is  18  credits  per  semester. 
Exceptions  may  be  made  only  for  students  with  a  3.0  grade  point 
average  virith  the  approval  of  the  Dean  of  Faculty. 

Credit  Hour  Ratio 

Semester  credits  are  earned  at  the  ratio  of  one  credit  for  one  class- 
contact  hour  in  all  liberal  arts  courses;  in  studio  courses  one  semester 
credit  is  given  for  two  contact  hours.  In  both  instances  the  sum  total  of 
in-class  and  required  out-of-class  work  is  considered  to  be  the  same, 
that  is,  a  minimum  of  3  hours  of  work  per  week  per  credit. 

Students  entering  PCA  as  first-time  freshmen  must  earn  30  credits  of 
liberal  arts  courses  (of  the  required  minimum  45)  at  the  College.  A 
maximum  of  15  credits  in  liberal  arts  may  be  acquired  elsewhere, 
provided  the  course  work  involved  does  not  duplicate  courses  already 


taken  or  available  at  PCA.  Before  enrolling  in  liberal  arts  courses 
outside  the  College,  students  should  meet  with  the  Liberal  Arts 
chairperson.  Twelve  hours  of  liberal  arts  credits  must  be  taken  in 
300-400  courses. 

Advisors 

During  the  freshman  year.  Foundation  Program  chairpeople  and  faculty 
serve  as  student  advisors.  When  beginning  a  major,  each  student  is 
assigned  a  new  faculty  advisor  who  is  retained  throughout  his  or  her 
tenure  in  the  same  department.  A  new  faculty  advisor  is  appointed  only 
when  the  student  changes  a  major  department.  Students  may  request  a 
change  of  faculty  advisor  by  application  to  the  department 
chairperson. 

Students  are  expected  to  meet  with  their  advisor  at  least  twice  each 
semester.  All  course  and  schedule  changes  require  the  advisor's 
approval.  Advance  scheduling,  preceding  each  semester's  registration, 
is  always  completed  by  the  student  in  consultation  with  the  faculty 
advisor. 

The  student  is  responsible  for  the  completion  of  all  course 
requirements  for  the  degree  program  in  which  he  or  she  is  enrolled, 
including  meeting  distribution  requirements  and  the  minimum  132 
credits  required  for  graduation. 

Each  professional  department  is  assigned  one  or  more  Liberal  Arts 
faculty  members  who  are  available  to  assist  both  major  advisors  and 
their  advisees  in  the  selection  of  a  course  of  study. 

Transcript  copies  of  advisees'  records  are  supplied  on  request  to 
faculty  advisors  by  the  Registrar  following  the  recording  of  grades 
each  semester. 

Departmental  Function 

A  student's  progress  and  welfare  within  the  several  instructional 
programs  of  the  College  is  primarily  the  responsibility  of  the  major 
department.  In  addition  to  providing  each  student  with  the  guidance  of 
an  assigned  faculty  advisor,  the  department's  faculty  and  its 
chairperson  undertake  to  establish  and  promote  appropriate  standards 
of  performance. 

Beyond  the  College's  minimum  requirements,  each  department  may 
establish  additional  in-major  requirements  with  respect  to  attendance, 
lateness,  and  related  matters. 

The  chairperson,  with  the  concurrence  of  the  faculty,  may: 

1.  Establish  a  minimum  major  course  grade  or  major  grade  point 
average  requirement  higher  than  the  minimum  set  by  the 
College;  students  must  be  given  written  notification  of  such 
requirements. 

2.  Place  on  probation  students  who  fail  to  meet  the  minimum  grade 
requirement  in  a  course  required  for  a  departmental  major  or  a 
College  program. 

3.  Place  a  student  on  probation  for  academic  or  disciplinary  reasons 
and  define  its  terms  in  virriting  to  the  student  and  the  Dean  of  Students. 


4.  Dismiss  a  student  from  the  department  for  academic  or 

disciplinary  problems  with  written  notification  to  the  student  and 
the  Dean  of  Students. 
Each  department  will  provide  student  majors  with  written  statements 
describing  any  additional  requirements  for  its  programs. 

Every  student  must  have  the  approval  of  his  or  her  department  to 
proceed  to  the  next  level  of  course  work.  It  is  the  department's 
responsibility  to  keep  each  student  informed  of  his  or  her  progress 
toward  graduation.  And  finally,  the  student's  petition  to  graduate  must 
be  approved  by  the  department  chairperson  in  conference  with  his  or 
her  faculty. 

Credit  by  Examination 

Students  who  qualify  may  request  credit  by  examination  in  liberal  arts 
subjects  and  credit  by  portfolio  evaluation  in  studio  subjects.  Requests 
will  require  approval  from  the  Dean  of  Students  and  the  Department 
chairperson.  Such  examinations/evaluations  will  be  charged  for  at  the 
rate  of  $10  per  credit. 

Change  of  Major 

Students  may  request  a  change  of  major  at  the  beginning  of  any 
semester  during  the  drop/add  period.  The  student's  formal  petition 
requires  the  approval  of  his  or  her  faculty  advisor  and  of  the 
chairperson  of  both  his  or  her  former  department  and  of  the  department 
he  or  she  wishes  to  enter.  All  major  and  studio  elective  credits 
previously  earned  may  be  applied  toward  relative  requirements  in  the 
new  department,  which  then  determines  the  student's  remaining  credit 
obligations. 

Residence  Requirements  and  Transfer  Credits 

Transfer  applicants  may  receive  credit  for  courses  taken  at  other 
accredited  institutions  that  are  similar  in  content,  purpose,  and 
standards  to  those  offered  at  the  Philadelphia  College  of  Art.  For  credit 
to  be  granted,  official  transcripts  of  all  previous  college  study  must  be 
presented.  A  minimum  grade  of  C  must  have  been  obtained  in  a  course 
that  is  presented  for  transfer  credit.  The  evaluation  of  credits  is  made 
by  the  department  in  which  the  equivalent  course  is  taught,  in 
consultation  with  the  registrar.  Transfer  credit  for  studio  courses  may 
be  granted  only  after  presentation  of  official  transcripts  and  portfolio 
material  are  presented.  Studio  credit  will  not  be  granted  on  the  basis 
of  the  transcript  or  portfolio  alone. 

Every  transfer  student  must  complete  a  minimum  of  two  semesters  in 
residence  preceding  graduation;  he  or  she  must  earn  a  minimum  of 
33  credits  in  studio  or  liberal  arts  courses.  Students  must  transfer  or 
complete  the  required  liberal  arts  and  major  department  courses 
stipulated  for  the  degree  regardless  of  the  number  of  credits  completed 
at  other  accredited  institutions.  For  this  reason,  transfer  students  may 
be  required  to  remain  in  residence  at  PCA  for  more  than  the  minimum 
two  semesters,  completing  more  than  the  minimum  33  credits. 


Scholarships 

The  following  endowed  scholarships  are  given  to  students  virith 
demonstrated  financial  need  as  part  of  the  College-administered 
financial  aid  program: 

Alumni  Association  PCA  —  Camden  H.S.  Scholarship  Fund 

Alumni  Association  Scholarship  Endowment  Fund 

The  Gertrude  Anonson  Scholarship  Fund 

Baugh  Barber  Fund 

Biddle  Scholarship  Fund 

Winifred  Cantor  Scholarship  Endowment 

James  M.  Cresson  Scholarship  Fund 

Cioziei  Prize  Fund 

Desilver  Scholarship  Fund 

Edward  Tonkin  Dobbins  Scholarship  Fund 

Clayton  French  Scholarship  Fund 

The  Gillespie  Scholarship  Fund 

Graff  Prize  Fund 

Peter  W.  Gregory  Memorial  Endowment  Fund 

The  Emily  Leland  Harrison  Scholarship  Fund 

The  John  Harrison  Scholarship  Fund 

Thomas  Skelton  Harrison  Fimd 

Mark  Higgison  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

William  &  Kate  J.  Hofacker  Scholarship  Fund 

Jantzen  Family  Scholarship  Fund 

Celia  Kanev  Scholarship  Fund 

Mrs.  M.  Theresa  Keehmle  Scholarship  Fund 

Charles  Godfrey  Leland  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

Henry  Perry  Leland  Prize  Fund 

Frank  Hamilton  Ma^ee  Scholarship  Fund 

Georgia  B,  McHhenny  Scholarship  Fund 

Mr.  &  Mrs.  John  Mcllhenny  Scholarship  Fund 

Jane  Dailey  Naeye  Scholarship 

Thornton  Oakley  Bequest 

Gertrude  C.  Partenheimer  Scholarship  Fund 

Alice  H.  Pechner  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

Lyola  C.  Pedrick  Scholarship  Fund 

Ramborger  Scholarship  Fund 

Edith  and  Lessing  J.  Rosen wald  Scholarship  Fund 

Bernice  Travis  Rudnick  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

Roberts  Prize  Fund 

S-  Gertrude  Schell  Principal  Endowment  Fund 

Scott  Memorial  Scholarship  Endowment  Fund 

Sinnott  Prize  Fund 

Annie  E.  Sinnot  Scholarship  Fund 

The  W.  W.  Smith  Trust  Scholarships 

Temple  Fund 

Marguerite  and  Otis  Walter  Scholarship 

The  John  Wanamaker  Beneht  Scholarships 

Weightman  Scholarship  Fund 

Runear  Williams,  Jr.  Memorial  Fund 


Commencement  Prizes 

The  Lorraine  and  Benjamin  Alexander  Prize 

Craft 

The  Jack  Bowling  Memorial  Award  in  Metalsmithing 

The  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Leon  C.  Bunldn  Award 

The  Addie  Grossman  Armual  Award  in  Jewelry  Design  and  Creation 

The  Metals  Faculty  Award 

The  Harvey  S.  Shipley  Miller  Award  in  Ceramics 

The  President's  Purchase  Prize 

Graphic  Design 

The  Art  Directors  Club  Gold  Medal 

The  Champion  Paper  Imagination  Scholarship 

The  Elmer  O.  Aaron  Award  m  Graphic  Design 

The  Graphic  Design  Faculty  Award 

The  Sun  Printing  House  Award  in  Memory  of  Heberton  E.  Fricke,  Sr. 

Illustration 

The  William  H.  Ely  Travel  Award  for  Excellence  in  Illustration 

The  Hunt  Manufacturing  Company  Armual  Award  in  Illustration 

The  Marcel  Vertes  Award  to  a  Senior  Whose  Drawing  of  the  Human  Figure 

Has  Been  Outstanding 

The  Roger  Hane  Armual  Memorial  Award 

Industrial  Design 

The  Joseph  Carreiro  Memorial  Award  in  Industrial  Design 
The  Industrial  Design  Society  of  America  Award 

Painting  and  Drawing 

The  Bocour  Prize  in  Painting 

The  Stuart  M.  Egnal  Prize  in  Painting 

The  Ernest  M.  Greenfield  Annual  Memorial  Award  in  Painting 

The  Gross-McCleaf  Gallery  Award  in  Painting 

The  Hunt  Manufacturing  Company  Annual  Award  in  Painting 

The  Philadelphia  Watercolor  Club  Award 

The  Rohm  and  Haas  Company  Purchase  Award 

The  F.  Weber  Company  Annual  Award  in  Painting 

The  Winsor  and  Newton  Painting  Award 

Photography 

The  Miller-Plummer  Award  for  Excellence  in  Photography 


Printmaking 

The  Garrett-Buchanan  Company  Prize 

The  Gross-McCleaf  Gallery  Award  in  Memory  of  Jack  Shane 

The  Bertha  von  Moschzisker  Armual  Printmaking  Award 

The  Burton  Van  Deusen  Prmtmaking  Prize 

The  Perakis  Frames  Award 

The  Print  Club  Annual  Award 

The  PCA  Library  Purchase  Prize 

The  American  Color  Print  Society  Armual  Award 

Sculpture 

The  Gross-McCleaf  Gallery  Award  in  Sculpture 
The  McCracken  Award  for  Welded  Sculpture 


Board  of  Trustees 

Mi.  Sam  S.  McKeel,  Chairman 

Mi.  Arnold  A.  Bayaid 

Mis.  Helen  Boehm 

Mi.  Nathaniel  R.  Bowditch 

Helen  S.  Chait,  Esq. 

Ms.  Evelyn  Copelman 

Thomas  Neil  Cratei 

Mi.  James  Eiseman 

Ml.  Phihp  J.  Eitzen 

Mr.  Keimit  J.  Hall 

Mis.  Samuel  M.  V.  Hamilton 

Mr.  Richard  P.  Hauser 

Mr.  Marvin  Dale  Heaps 

Mr.  H.  Ober  Hess 

Mi.  Josef  laffee 

Mi.  Ijouis  Klein 

Mi.  Beiton  E.  Koiman 

Mrs.  Austin  Lament 

Mr.  Al  Paul  Lefton,  Jr. 

The  Honorable  Samuel  M.  Lehier 

Mrs.  H.  Gates  Lloyd 

Mr.  Harvey  S.  Shipley  Miller 

Mr.  Jeffrey  Natldn 

Mr.  Charles  W.  Naylor 

Mi.  Joseph  L.  Ponce 

Mi.  WUham  L.  Rafsky 

Mi.  Mel  Richman 

Ms.  Sydney  Roberts  Rockefeller 

Mis.  I^ssing  J.  Rosenwald 

Mr.  Samuel  R.  Shipley,  III 

Mi.  Haiold  A.  Soigenti 

Dr.  J.  Finton  Speller 

Mr.  Frederick  T.  Waldeck 

Mi.  Philip  H.  Waid,  ID 

Mi.  Stephen  M.  Zablotny 

Thomas  F.  Schutte,  President 

Honorary  Trustees 

Mrs.  Malcolm  Lloyd 
Mr.  Ronald  K.  Porter 
Mrs.  Margueiite  Waltei 
Mis.  Thomas  Raebuin  White 
Mis.  John  Winteisteen 
Mr.  Howard  A.  Woli 


Ex-Ofiicio  Members 

The  Honorable  William  J.  Green 
Robert  W.  Crawford 
Joseph  E.  Coleman 


ADMINISTRATION  1980-1981 


Thomas  F.  Schutte  A.B.,  M.BA., 

D.BA. 

Janet  Buchan  B  A. 

Student  Services 

Glenn  Stroud,  B  A.,  MA. 
Susan  McMonigal 
AldaR.Alvaiez,BA. 
Rebecca  Cash,  B.F  A. 
Judith  Katz,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ed.D. 
Aithur  Sendrow,  B  A.,  M.A. 
Michael  Oleksiw,  B  A.,  MA. 

Deborah  Smith,  R.N. 

Admiasions 

Caroline  Kelsey.B. FA. 
Carolyn  Connelly,  B  A. 
Claire  Staffieri,  BJ  A. 

Academic  Aiioirs 

Nathan  Knobler,  B.F  A.,  M.A. 
Martin  A.  Novelli,  B.S.,  MA., 

Ph.D.,  J.D. 
Fiedeiick  Osborne,  B.F  A.,  MF A. 
Sharon  Heain,  B.S. 
Anne  Todd,  B  J  A. 
Kevin  E.  Consey,  B  A.,  M.A. 
Hazel  Gustow,  B.S.,  M.L.S. 
MaithaHall,BA.,M.L.S. 
Deboiah  Stagg,  BJ A.,  M.L.S. 
Carl  G.  Martin,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Robert  S.  Schoenholtz,  B  A.,  M.S. 
Janice  Curington,  B.S.,  M.A. 
EveOrlow,B.S.,M.S.,Ed.D. 
KarenSaler,B.FA.,M.FA. 
John  Caldwell,  BA. 
Jack  Snyder 

Financial  Aiioirs 

Robert  A.  Foose,  B  A.,  M.B  A. 

William  Piatt,  B  A. 

Craig  Rossler 

Marc  Dashevsky,  B.S.,  M.BA. 

Joseph  Gaibarino 

Elizabeth  Stegner,  BA. 

External  Aiioirs 

Mackarness  M  Goode,  BA.,  M.A. 
Eileen  Rosenau,  B  A. 

Michael  Oleksiw,  B  A.,  M.A. 

Louise  H.  Turan,  B A. 
Andrew  Brown,  B.F  A. 


President 

Assistant  to  the  Piesident 


Associate  Dean  of  Student  Affairs 

Acting  Director  of  Financial  Aid 

Registrar 

Director  of  Student  Residence 

Counseling  Psychologist 

Counseling  Psychologist 

Diiectoi  of  Career  Development  and 

Alumni  Affairs 
Staff  Nurse 


Director  of  Admissions 
Assistant  Diiectoi  of  Admissions 
Admissions  Counseloi 


Dean  of  Academic  Afiaiis 
Associate  Dean 

Diiectoi  of  Continuing  Studies 

Assistant  Diiectoi,  Evening  Division 

Director  of  Summer  Programs 

Director  of  Exhibitions 

Library  Director 

Librarian 

Librarian 

Program  Director,  Act  101 

Act  101  Counselor 

Act  101  Academic  Tutorial  Coordinator 

Director,  Learning  Skills  Center 

Education  Coordinator  of  Saturday  School 

Slides  Librarian 

Audio-Visual  Manager 


Vice  President,  Finance 

Assistant  to  the  Vice  President,  Finance 

Director  of  Physical  Plant 

Controller 

Director  of  Security  and  Safety 

Personnel  Manager 


Vice  President  for  External  Affairs 
Director  of  Communications  and 

Special  Events 
Director  of  Career  Development 

and  Alumni  Afiaiis 
Director  of  Annual  Giving 
Director  of  Publications  Design 


FACULTY 


Hans-Ulrich  AUemann 

Associate  Professor:  Graphic  Design 
Swiss  National  Diploma  (M.FA.  equiv.) 
Allgemeine  Gewerbeschule,  Basel 
Switzerland 

Edna  Andrade 

Professor:  Foundation 

B.F.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 

Pennaylvania  Academy  of  the  Fine  Arts 

Jack  Andrews 

Associate  Professor:  Industrial  Design, 
Environmental  Design 
B.I.D,  Pratt  Institute 

Eugene  Baguskas 

Associate  Professor:  Painting,  Drawing 
B.FA,  Yale  University 

William  Barnett 

Assistant  Professor:  Painting,  Drawing 
Temple  University,  Phila.  College  of 
Art 

Morris  Berd 

Professor:  Painting,  Drawing, 
Landscape  Study 
Graduate  of  Philadelphia  College 
of  Art 

Helen  Berezovsky 

Lecturer:  Liberal  Arts 
B.A.,  Maryland  College 
M.S-,  Georgetown  University 
PhD.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Stephen  Berg 

Associate  Professor:  English,  Social 

Studies 

B.A.,  State  University  of  Iowa 

Martha  Breiden 

Lecturer:  History,  Comparative 

Religion 

Director:  Art  Therapy  Program 

A.B,,  Randolph-Macon  College 

M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Mark  Burns 

Assistant  Professor:  Crafts 
Diploma,  Dayton  Art  Institute 
M.F.  A.,  University  of  Washington 


Thomas  Butter 

Lecturer:  Printmaldng 

B.F  A.,  Philadelphia  College  of  Art 

M.FA,,  Washington  University 

Sarah  Canright 

Lecturer:  Painting 

B.F.A.,  Chicago  Art  Institute 

Cynthia  Carlson 

Associate  Professor:  Painting 
Co-Chairperson:  Painting 
B.F  A.,  Chicago  Art  Institute 
M.F  A.,  Pratt  Institute 

Susan  Corlo 

B.A.,  Smith  College 
M.A.,  Harvard  University 

Dante  Cattani 

Professor:  Anatomical  Drawing, 

Painting 

B.F.A.,  Philadelphia  College  of  Art 

John  Chase 

Guest  Lecturer:  Environmental  Design 
Pennsylvania  Academy  of  the  Fine  Arts 
B.A.,  M.  Arch.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania 

Sharon  Church 

Lecturer:  Metals 

B.S,,  Skidmore  College 

M.F  A.,  School  for  American  Craftsmen, 

Rochester  Institute  of  Technology 

Therese  Conn 

Lecturer:  Liberal  Arts 
A.B.,  St.  Joseph's  College 
M.A.,  Villanova  University 

Patricia  Cruser 

Professor:  Literature 

A.B.,  Dickinson  College 

M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Lawrence  Curry 

Associate  Professor:  Social  Studies 
BA.,  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

William  Daley 

Professor:  Foundation,  Ceramics 
BA.,  Massachusetts  College  of  Art 
M.A.,  Columbia  University 


Howard  Danelowitz 

Instructor:  Animation 

Pratt  histitute 

B.F.A,  California  Institute  of  the  Arts 

Nancy  Davenport 

Assistant  Professor:  Liberal  Arts 
B.A.,  M.A.,  Bryn  Mawr  College 

Larry  Day 

Professor:  Painting,  Drawing 
B.F  A.,  B.S.,  Tyler  School  of  Art 

Robert  DeFuccio 

Lecturer:  Craft 

B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York 

Mary  Ellen  Didier 

Lecturer:  Anthropology,  Archeology 
B  A.,  University  of  Wisconsin 
M.A.,  University  of  Chicago 

Larry  Donahue 

Lecturer:  Industrial  Design 

B.F  A.,  Philadelphia  College  of  Art 

Ronald  Dorfman 

Lecturer:  Foundation 

B.F.A.,  PhUadelphia  College  of  Art 

M.FA.,  Temple  University 

Patricia  Bryce  Dreher 

Lecturer:  Printmaking 

B.F  A.,  M.E.,  SUNY  at  Buffalo 

Helen  Williams  Drutt 

Lecturer:  History  of  Modern  Crafts 
B.F.A.,  Tyler  School  of  Art 
Albert  Barnes  Foundation 

Eric  Durst 

B.FA.,  School  of  Film  at  California 
Institute  of  the  Arts 

Benjamin  Dsenstat 

Lecturer:  Illustration 

Permsylvania  Academy  of  the  Fine 

Arts 

Albert  Barnes  Foundation 

Barry  Eiswerth 

Lecturer:  Envirorunental  Design 

Martha  Erlebacher 

Lecturer:  Illustration 
B.I.D.,  M.FA.,  Pratt  Institute 

Walter  Erlebacher 

Professor:  Sculpture 
Chairperson,  Sculpture 
B.I.D.,  M.I.D,  Pratt  Institute 


Sherri  Feldmon 

Lecturer:  Foundation  Program 
B.FA.,  Philadelphia  College  of  Art 
M.FA.,  Maryland  Institute  College 
of  Art 

Robert  J.  Forbes 

Assistant  Professor:  Ceramics 

BA.,  University  of  California  at  Santa 

Cruz 

M.FA.,  Alfred  University 

Leah  Freedman 

Lecturer:  Art  Therapy 
Temple  University  Hospital 

Frank  Galuszka 

Special  Lecturer:  Graphic  Design 
B.FA.,  M.FA.,  Tyler  School  of  Art, 
Temple  University 

Virginia  Gehshan 

Lecturer:  Industrial  Design 
B.S.,  Cornell  University 

David  Gibson 

Assistant  Professor:  Graphic  Design 
Undergraduate  studies  in 
architecture,  Cornell  University 
Diploma  in  Graphic  Design,  Nova 
Scotia  College  of  Art  and  Design 
M.F.A.  in  Graphic  Design,  Yale 
University 

Albert  Gold 

Professor:  Illustration 

Diploma,  Philadelphia  College  of  Art 

Eileen  Taber  Goodman 

Lecturer:  Drawing,  Foimdation 
B.FA.,  Philadelphia  College  of  Art 

Thomas  Goodman 

Visiting  Assistant  Professor 
B.A.,  Wesleyan  University 
M.FA.,  University  of  New  Mexico 

Barbara  Goodstein 

Lecturer:  Sculpture 
BA.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 
M.F.A.,  Queens  College,  City 
University  of  New  York 

Arlene  Gostin 

Associate  Professor:  Education 
Chairperson:  Education 
University  of  Cincinnati 
B.A.,  University  of  Delaware 
M.A.,  Philadelphia  College  of  Art 


Gerald  Greenfield 

Associate  Professor: 

Photography/Film 

B.A.,  Pacific  University, 

Harvard  University,  Brandeis 

University,  Massachusetts  Institute  of 

Technology 

M.F.A.,  Rhode  Island  School  of  Design 

Dorothy  Grimm 

Professor:  Literature,  English,  Social 

Studies 

B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College 

B.S.,  Simmons  College 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Fred  Gutzeit 

Adjunct  Assistant  Professor:  Painting 
M.A.,  Hunter  College 

Gerald  Herdman 

Assistant  Professor;  Foundation, 

Painting 

Certificate,  Cleveland  Institute  of  Art 

M.F.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Rogelio  Her  nit 

Lecturer:  Art  Therapy 

M.D-,  University  of  Santo  Thomas, 

Philippines 

A.A.,  Divine  Word  University, 

Philippines 

Kenneth  Hiebert 

Professor:  Graphic  Design 

BA.,  Bethel  College 

Diploma,  Allgemeine  Gev^erbeschule, 

Basel,  Switzerland 

KnoUy  Desmond  Hill 

Lecturer:  Art  Therapy 
BJ^.,  Lakehead  University 
M.A.,  Lakehead  University 

Alfred  J.  Ignarri 

Associate  Professor:  Photography 
Diploma,  Philadelphia  College  of  Art 

Steven  Jaf  fe 

Assistant  Professor:  Painting, 

Foundation 

B.FA.,  Philadelphia  College  of  Art 

M.FA.,  Tyler  School  of  Art 

Roland  Jahn 

Associate  Professor:  Glass,  Ceramics 
B.A.,  M.S.,  M.FA.,  University  of 
Wisconsin 


Alan  Johnson 

Assistant  Professor:  Environmental 

Design 

B.  Arch.,  University  of  Virginia 

M.  Arch.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

M.  City  Planning,  University  of 

Pennsylvania 

Certificate,  Fontainebleau  School 

of  Fine  Arts 

Lois  Johnson 

Associate  Professor:  Printmaking 
B.S.,  University  of  North  Dakota; 
M.F.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

Richard  Kagon 

Lecturer:  Woodworking 
Temple  University 
New  School 

Ron  Konter 

Lecturer:  Photo/Film 

BS.,  Temple  University 

M.F-A,,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Jerome  Kaplan 

Professor:  Printmaking 

Chairperson:  Printmaking 

Diploma,  Philadelphia  CoUege  of  Art 

Charles  Kaprelion 

Lecturer:  Education 
B.FA.,  M.FA.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania 

Anne  Ear  mat  z 

Lecturer:  Liberal  Arts 
B.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
M.A.,  Villanova  University 

Joel  Katz 

Lecturer:  Graphic  Design 
BA.  Scholar  of  the  House  with 
Exceptional  Distinction,  BT.A.,  M.FA., 
Graphic  Design  Program,  Yale 
School  of  Art 

Ted  Katz 

Lecturer:  Education 
A.B.,  Franklin  and  Marshall 
Ed.M.,  Harvard  University 
Ed.  D.,  Harvard  University 

Annson  Kenney 

Lecturer:  Painting 

BA.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 


David  Kettner 

Associate  Professor:  Foundation, 

Painting 

B.FA.,  Cleveland  Listitute  of  Art 

M.F.A.,  Indiana  University 

Robert  Keyser 

Professor:  Painting,  Drawing 
University  of  Pennsylvania 
Certificate,  AteUer  Fernand  Leger, 
Paris 

Nathan  Knobler 

Professor,  Dean  of  Academic  Affairs 
Drawing,  Sculpture,  Printmaking 
B.FA.,  Syracuse  University 
M.A.,  Florida  State  University 

Richard  J.  Kreznar 

Lecturer:  Sculpture 
Institute  Allende,  Mexico 
B.FA.,  University  of  Wisconsin- 
Milwaukee 

M.FA.,  Brooklyn  College  of  the  City 
University  of  New  York 

Karen  Lagosky 

Lecturer:  Environmental  Design 

James  La  Ids 

Lecturer:  Calligraphy  and  Lettering 
Philadelphia  College  of  Art 

Michael  Lasuchin 

Assistant  Professor:  Printmaking 
A.A.,  B.F.A.,  Philadelphia  College  of 
Art;  M.F.A.,  Tyler  School  of  Art, 
Temple  University 

Abraham  Leibson 

Lecturer:  Industrial  Design 
B.FA.,  Philadelphia  College  of  Art 

William  Longhauser 

Assistant  Professor,  Graphic  Design 
Chairperson:  Graphic  Design 
B.S.,  University  of  Cincirmati 
M.FA.,  Indiana  University 
Graduate  Study,  Allgemeine 
Gewerbeschule,  Basel,  Switzerland 

Ruth  Lozner 

Assistant  Professor:  Illustration 
Co-Chairperson:  Illustration 
B.FA.,  Carnegie-Mellon  University 
M.FA.,  American  University 


Leon  Lugossy 

Assistant  Professor:  Jewelry 
BS.,  Philadelphia  College  of  Art 

Sherry  Lyons 

Lecturer:  Art  Therapy 
BA.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
M.S.,  Hahnemann  Medical  College 
and  Hospital 

Nancy  Markowich 

Lecturer:  Art  Therapy 
B.FA.,  Philadelphia  College  of  Art 
M.S.,  Hahnemann  Medical  College 
and  Hospital 

Adolf  DeRoy  Marks 

Lecturer:  Environmental  Design 
BA.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 
M.  Arch.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Benjamin  Martin 

Assistant  Professor:  Environmental 

Design 

Chairperson:  Environmental  Design 

B.A.,  Trinity  College 

M.  Arch.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

John  Martin 

Lecturer:  Illustration 

Noel  Mayo 

Adjunct  Professor:  Industrial  Design 
Chairperson:  Industrial  Design 

Robert  McCanley 

Lecturer:  Environmental  Design 
B.  of  Arch.,  University  of  Illinois 

Jack  McGarvey 

Lecturer:  Industrial  Design 

Robert  F.  Mc  Govern 

Professor:  Foundation 
Co-Chairperson:  Foundation 

J.  Michael  McNeil 

Lecturer:  Illustration 

B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

M.F.A,  Pratt  Institute 

Ray  K.  Metzker 

Professor:  Photography 

BA.,  Beloit  College 

M.S.,  Illinois  Institute  of  Technology 

Richard  C.  Meyer 

Lecturer:  Environmental  Design 
B.  Arch.,  University  of  Virginia 


Burton  Miller 

Lecturer:  Environmental  Design 

B.  Arch.,  M.  Aich.,  Cornell  University 

Kathryn  Narrow 

Lecturer:  Craft 

B.F.A,  Philadelphia  College  of  Art 

Edith  Nefi 

Lecturer:  Anatomical  Drawing 
B,F.A,  Philadelphia  College  of  Art 

Gerald  Nichols 

Associate  Professor:  Painting  and 

Drawing 

Co-Chairperson:  Painting  and 

Drawing 

Diploma,  Cleveland  Institute  of  Art 

M.F.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

William  Norton 

Lecturer:  Political  Science 

A.B.,  Lincoln  University 

M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Edward  O'Brien 

Lecturer:  Dlustration 

B.FA.,  Philadelphia  College  of  Art 

Frederick  Osborne 

Director:  Evening  Division 
Lecturer:  Education 
B.F.A.,  Tyler  School  of  Fine  Art 
M.F.A.,  Yale  University 

Claire  Owen 

Lecturer:  Edrication 

B.F.A.,  Rochester  Institute  of 

Technology 

M.S.,  Rochester  Institute  of  Technology 

M.F.A.,  Rochester  Institute  of 

Technology 

Barry  Parker 

Associate  Professor:  Sculpture 

Albert  Pastore 

Lecturer:  Foundation 

Diane  Perkins 

Lecturer:  Liberal  Arts 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Temple  University 

Ruth  Perlmutter 

Lecturer:  Introduction  to  Film 

B.A.,  New  York  University 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 


lane  Piper 

Lecturer:  Painting,  Drawing 
Pennsylvania  Academy  of  the  Fine 
Arts 

Thomas  Porett 

Associate  Professor:  Photography,  Film 

B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

M.S.,  Illinois  Institute  of  Technology 

Phyllis  Purves-Smith 

Lecturer:  Illustration 

B.F.A.,  The  Cooper  Union,  School  of 

Art  and  Architecture 

M.F.A.,  Temple  University 

Boris  Putterman 

Associate  Professor:  Painting, 

Foundation 

Diploma,  Cooper  Union 

B.F.A.,  Philadelphia  College  of  Art 

M.F.A.,  Indiana  University 

Nancy  Reid 

Lecturer:  Printmaldng 
B.A.,  Skidmore  College 

Richard  H.  Reinhardt 

Professor:  Craft 

Co-Chairperson:  Craft 

B.A.  (Ed.),  Philadelphia  College  of  Art 

Lanie  Robertson 

Assistant  Professor:  Literature 
Certificate,  University  of  London 
Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

Warren  Rohrer 

Associate  Professor:  Painting 
B.A.,  Eastern  Mennonite  College 
B.S.,  Madison  College 

Peter  Rose 

Assistant  Professor:  Film 
B.A.,  City  College  of  New  York 
M.A.,  San  Francisco  State  College 

Michael  Rossman 

Associate  Professor:  Foundation 
Co-Chairperson:  Foundation 
B.I.D.,  M.F.A.,  Pratt  Institute 

William  Russell 

Lecturer:  Education 
Acting  Chairperson:  Education 
B.S.,  Kent  State  University 
M.F.A.,  Miami  University 


Karen  Saler 

Assistant  Professor:  Education 
Coordinator:  Saturday  School 
B.F.A.,  Philadelphia  College  of  Art 
M.F.A.,  Maryland  Institute  College 
of  Art 

Peter  Schaumann 

Lecturer:  Illustration 

B.F.A.,  Philadelphia  College  of  Art 

Karen  Scholnick 

Lecturer:  Education 
B.A.,  Carleton  College 
M.A.T.,  Harvard  University 

Charles  Seorles 

Lecturer:  Foundation 
Painting,  Drawing,  Muralist 
Diploma:  Pennsylvania  Academy  of 
the  Fine  Arts;  Undergraduate  studies. 
University  of  Pennsylvania 

Robert  N.  Sebastian 

Lecturer:  Educational  research 
B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
M.A.,  University  of  Toronto 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Toronto 

Warren  N.  Seelig 

Professor:  Crafts/Fibres 
M.F.A.,  Cranbrook  Academy  ot  Art 
B.S.,  Philadelphia  College  of  Textiles 
and  Science 

Carl  Silver 

Lecturer:  Liberal  Arts 
B.A.,  Bowling  Green  State  University 
M.A.,  Ohio  State  University 
Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University 

Harry  Soviak 

Professor:  Paintmg 

M.F.A.,  Cranbrook  Academy  of  Art 

Raymond  Spiller 

Assistant  Professor:  Painting, 

Foundation  (Fine  Arts) 

Pennsylvania  Academy  of  the  Fine 

Arts 

Dayton  Art  Institute 

Doris  Stajiel 

Associate  Professor:  Painting 
B.F.A.,  B.S.,  Tyler  School  of  Art 
M.A.,  University  of  Iowa 


Richard  Stange 

Lecturer:  Environmental  Design 
B.  Arch.,  Pratt  Institute 

Ward  Stanley 

Associate  Professor:  Art  History 
B.A.,  University  of  Hawaii 
M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Thomas  Stearns 

Associate  Professor:  Sculpture, 

Painting 

Memphis  Academy  of  Art 

Cranbrook  Academy  of  Art 

Academia  De  Belli  Arti,  Venice 

Robert  Stein 

Associate  Professor:  Illustration 
Co-Chairperson:  Illustration 
B.F.A.,  Massachusetts  College  of  Art 
M.F.A.,  Tyler  School  of  Art 

Richard  Stetser 

Professor:  Sculpture,  Foundation 
B.F.A.,  Philadelphia  College  of  Art 

Wayne  Stettler 

Lecturer:  Graphic  Design 

Diploma  in  Advertising  Design,  PCA 

Pat  Stewart 

Lecturer:  Art  History 

Karl  Stimer 

Lecturer:  Sculpture 

David  Toiler 

Assistant  Professor:  Education 

BA.,  Harpur  College,  SUNY 

Binghamton 

M.F.A.,  Columbia  University 

M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin  — 

Madison 

Elsa  Taromtal 

Lecturer:  Foundation 

B.F.A.,  Cooper  Union 

M.F.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

St.  John's  University 

Temple  University 

Stephen  Taromtal 

Professor:  Illustration 
B.FA.,  Cooper  Union 
M.FA.,  Tyler  School  of  Art 


ludy  Trachtenberg 

Lecturer:  Liberal  Aits 

B.A.,  Temple  University 

M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Stephanie  Tyiska 

Lecturer:  Fibres 

B.F.A.,  University  of  Michigan 

M.F  A.,  Tyler  School  of  Art 

Fabian  Ulitsky 

Professor:  Psychology 

B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Temple  University 

Sam  Unger 

Lecturer:  Environmental  Design 

B.A.,  Harvard  College 

M.  Arch.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Petras  Vaskys 

Professor:  Ceramics 

Co-Chairperson:  Crafts 

Ceramics  Coordinator 

Academy  of  Fine  Arts:  Kaunas, 

Lithuania 

Diploma,  Academy  of  Fine  Arts,  Rome 

Susan  T.  Viguers 

Assistant  Professor:  Language  and 

Literature 

A.B.,  Bryn  Mawr  College 

M.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at 

Chapel  Hill 

Ph.D.,  Bryn  Mawr  College 

Ronald  Walker 

Assistant  Professor:  Photography/Film 
Chairperson:  Photography/Film 
B.A.,  University  of  the  South 
MF.A.,  Maryland  Institute,  College 
of  Art 

William  Webster 

Associate  Professor:  Philosophy 
B.M.,  Curtis  Institute  of  Music 
B.A.,  University  of  Iowa 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Permsylvania 

Carlo  Weinberg 

Lecturer:  French  and  Italian 
Doctorate  in  Foreign  Languages  and 
Literature,  University  of  Pisa 

Burton  Weiss 

Lecturer:  Life  Sciences,  Physical 

Science 

Ph.D.,  Princeton  University 


Steven  L.  Weiss 

Lecturer:  Anatomy  and  Figure 
Drawing,  Illustration  Dept. 
M.F  JV.,  Sculpture,  University  of 
Pennsylvania 

Julian  Winston 

Associate  Professor:  Industrial  Design 
B.LD.,  Pratt  Institute 

Robert  Worth 

Special  Lecturer:  Craft 

B.FA.,  M.F.A.,  Rochester  Institute  of 

Technology 

Uly  Yeh 

Associate  Professor:  Art  History 
B.A.,  National  Taiwan  University 
M.F.A.,  University  of  Permsylvania 

Nancy  Young-Morkowich 

Lecturer:  Art  Therapy 
B.F.A.,  Philadelphia  College  of  Art 
M.S.,  Art  Therapy,  Hahnemann 
Medical  College  and  Hospital 

Chrtstine  Zelinsky 

Lecturer:  Graphic  Design 

Diploma,  Allgemeine  Gewerbeschule, 

Basel,  Switzerland 

Martha  Zelt 

Lecturer:  Printmaking 

Diploma,  Pennsylvania  Academy  of 

the  Fine  Arts 

BA.,  Temple  University 


INDEX 


85  Academic  Regulations 
83  Act  101  Program 

80  Activities 

91  Administration 
57  Admissions 

88  Advisors 

79  Alumni  Association 

97  Application  Forms 

81  Artists  for  Enviroimient  Program 

22  Art  Therapy 

6   Calendar  1980-81 
3   Campus 
79   Career  Development  and  Placement 

28  Ceramics 

96  Civil  Rights  Compliance 

5  College  Store 

90  Commencement  Prizes 

56  Continuing  Studies 

27  Craft 

88  Credits 

88  Curricular  Requirements 

5  Degrees  Offered 

86  Dismissal 

86  Dual  Degrees 

23  Education  Department 
32  Environmental  Design 

81  Exchange  Programs 
62  Expenses 

92  Faculty 
62  Fees 

87  FERPA  (Buckley  Amendment) 

29  Fibres 

82  Financial  Aid 

81    Foreign  and  Summer  Study  Programs 
13   Foundation  Program 

5    Gallery 
31    Glass 

85  Grading  System 

61    Graduate  Admissions 

86  Graduation  Requirements 
35    Graphic  Design 

79    Health  Service 
86    Honors 
79    Housing 


37  niustralion 

40  Industrial  Design 

80  Learning  Skills  Center 

87  Leave  of  Absence 

14  Liberal  Arts 

5  Library 

56  Main  Line  Extension 

23  Major  Departments 

23  Master  of  Arts  in  Art  Education 

80  Meal  Service 

30  Metals 

43  Painting  and  Drawing 
56  Part-time  Study 

81  Permsylvania  Academy/PCA 

Cooperative  Program 
46   Photography/Film 

31  Plaster 

56  Pre-CoUege  Program 

2  President's  Message 

50  Printmaking 

86  Probation  (academic) 
5  Profile 

85   Readmission 

87  Refund  Policy 

80  Safety 

56  Satiirday  School 

89  Scholarships 

53  Sculpture 

5  Slide  Library 

80  Social  Regulations 

56  Summer  Studio 

61  Teacher  Certification  Program 
96   Telephone  Numbers 

59   Transfer  Admissions 
91    Trustees 

62  Tuition 

56    University  In-Service  Teacher 
Education  Network  (UITEN) 

87   Withdrawal  from  College 
30   Wood 


Concerning  the  following: 


Write  to  or  call: 


Admissions  to  day  College, 
undergraduate,  special  student,  M.A. 
in  Art  Education,  teacher  certification, 
and  Pre-College  Program 


Admissions  Office: 

(215)893-3174 


Continuing  Studies  ad 
information 
Saturday  School 


and  Office  for  Continuing  Studies: 

(215)893-3160 
(215)  893-3125 


Tours  of  the  College  and  group 
information  sessions 


Admissions  Office: 

(215)893-3174 


Readmission,  return-degree  candidacy, 
PAFA  and  student  exchange 
programs,  extracurricular  activities, 
student  organizations.  College 
regulations,  counseling 


Office  of  the  Dean  or  Associate  Dean 
of  Students: 

(215)893-3183/3186 


Financial  Aid  information 


Financial  Aid  Office: 

(215)893-3181/3182 


Housing  information 


liousing  Office: 

(215)893-3233 


Registration,  scheduling,  recording, 
transcripts,  veterans 


Registrar's  Office: 

(215)893-3190/3193 


Information  about  career  planning 
and  placement 


Career  Development  and 
Placement  Office: 

(215)893-3184/3185 


The  College  is  an  institution  oi  purpose  — 
the  humanistic  and  professional  education 
of  visually  talented  persons  for  careers 
in  visual  arts  and  design.  Opportunities  for 
employment,  advancement,  and  for 
enrollment  in  educational  programs  shall 
be  extended  to  all  qualified  persons, 
without  respect  for  race,  color,  religion, 
sex,  age,  handicap,  or  national  origin. 
Qualifications  for  enrollment  shall  be  those 
which  indicate  potential  to  succeed  in  and 
benefit  from  the  courses  of  instruction 
ofiered  by  the  College;  qualifications  for 
employment  shall  be  those  which  with 
respect  to  the  particular  position  are 
essential  for  and  will  best  contribute  to  the 
accomplishment  of  the  goals  and  purposes 
of  the  College.  No  criteria  beyond  those 
deemed  necessary  shall  be  required,  nor 
shall  any  criteria  be  adopted  which  will 
affect  adversely  opportunity  for 
employment,  advancement  or  enrollment 
by  reason  of  race,  color,  religion,  sex,  age, 
hcindicap,  or  national  origin. 


Philadelphia  College  of  Art 
Broad  and  Spruce  Streets 
Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  19102 
(215)893-3100 


Design  and  Production:  Barbara  Sosson  Design 

Cover  Photography:  Frank  Bender 

Photography:  John  Cariano,  Eugene  Mopsik,  David  Tafler,  Rob  Wright 

Editor:  Lisbeth  Gross 

Editorial  Assistant:  Evelyn  Shapiro 

Printing:  Thomason  Press  Inc. 

Copyright  1980     Philadelphia  College  of  Art 


Undergraduate  Application 

Please  type  or  print  in  ink. 


Name  in  Full 
(last,  first,  middle) 


Street 
City  _ 


PermaneDt  Addie: 


Street 
City  _ 


Preferred  Mailing  Address 


Social  Security  Number 
Progrdzn 


.  Zip. 


.  Zip. 


'Personal  Profile 

Check  appropriate  classifications: 

D  Veteran 

D  Financial  Aid  Applicant 

DMale 
D  Female 


D  Plan  to  commute 

D  Plan  to  live  in  dormitory 


Citizenship  _ 


DUS 
D  Other 


It  you  are  a  foreign  student, 

what  type  of  visa  do  you  have  now? 


Name  of  parent  and/cs  guardian 


Applying  to  enter  (semester/year): . 

D  Degree  Candidate 

D  Non-Degree /Special  Student 

D  First-time  Freshman 

D  Transfer 

If  you  wish  an  interview 
please  indicate  below. 

D  Interview  with  portfolio 
D  Interview  without  portfolio 

Preferred  month:  


Check  the  professional  maior(s)  in  which 
you  are  interested. 


Have  you  previously  applied  to  PCA? 

DYes 
DNo 


If  yes,  please  give  date  and  program: 


Students  applying  for  transfer  above  the       if  members  of  youi  family  have  attended  PCA, 
fiist-year  level  must  indicate  only  one  please  give  names,  relationships,  and  years  attended: 

major  department. 


n  Craft  —  Ceramics 
D  Craft  —  Fibres 
D  Craft  — Metal 

□  Craft  — Wood 

□  Environmental  Design 

□  Film 

□  Graphic  Design 

□  Illustration 

□  Industrial  Design 

□  Painting  &  Drawing 

□  Photography 

□  Printmaking 
O  Sculpture 


□  Undecided 


'Data  used  for  identification  purposes  only 


High  School  Name 
(last  attended)  i 


If  you  have  had  any  art  instruction  other  than  secondary  school,  list  below. 
Name  of  school  Dates  attended     


Date  of 
.  graduation  . 


D  Public      D  Private      O  Parochial     List  ejctra-curricular  activities,  travel,  employment,  giving  dates  &  describing 
positions: 


Name  of  high  school  art  teacher(s): 


Name  of  guidance  counselor: 


Transfers: 

List  below  every  college  you  have  attended  or  are  now  attending: 


Date  of  Date  of 

entrance         leaving 


Address 


Date  of  Date  of 

entrance        leaving 


If  you  have  been  out  of  school  for  more  than  3  months, 
please  attach  a  letter  detailing  your  activities. 


Have  you  ever  been  dismissed 
from  another  college  or  school? 

DYes 

DNo 

Who  recommended 
PCAtoyou?       


If  yes,  please  attach 
a  letter  explaining  all 
circumstances  leading 
to  your  dismissal. 


Check  and  give  dates  if  you  have  ever  attended: 
D  PCA's  Evening  Division  Dates 

D  PCA's  Pre-CoUege  Summer  Program  Dates 

D  PCA's  Saturday  School  Art  Classes  Dates 


Signature 


Please  complete  and  letum 

with  the  $20  applicxition  fee  to  PCA's      Admisaiona  Office 

Philadelphia  College  of  Art 
Broad  and  Spruce  Streets 
Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  19102 


98 


Mast»  oi  Arts/Teacher  Certiiication  Program 

Please  type  or  print  in  ink 


Applying  for 

O  M.A.  in  Alt  Education  Program 
D  Teacher  Certification 


Name 

(last,  first,  middle) 


To  begin: 
September  19 
January  19  


Scholarships  and  fellowships  previously  held: 
Description 


Permanent  Address: 


City 


Zip. 


City. 


Piefened  Mailing  Address 


Previous  Education 


College,  University,  or 
Professional  School    


Major,  degree,  and 
date  of  graduation 


College,  University,  or 
Professional  School    


Major,  degree,  and 
Date  of  graduation 


-Zip 


Professional  Employment 

Employer 


Dates  of 
.  attendance 


Dates  of 
.  attendance 


Prizes,  distinctions,  research  grants  awarded 
List  all  publications 


Recommendations 

List  the  individuals  you  have  asked  to  write  recommendations;  Describe  your  plans  for  the  studio  concentration: 


The  questions  below  ore  to  be  answered  by  M.A.  opplicants: 


Present  Teaching 
Certificate  


List  any  graduate  courses  that  you  have  completed  and  v/ould  like 
reviewed  for  transfer  to  your  graduate  program: 


Course  number  and  title 


If  you  vrill  require  financial  assistance,  please  complete  the 
Graduate  and  Professional  School  Financial  Aid  Service  applicatic 
and  file  by  the  April  15  or  November  15  deadline. 


Signature 


Please  complete  and  return  with  the  $20  application  fee  to: 


Graduate  Admissions  Oifice 

Philadelphia  College  of  Art 
Broad  and  Spruce  Streets 
Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania    19102 


The  Philadelphia  College  of  Art 
Broad  and  Spruce  Streets 
Philadelphia.  PA  19102 


Non-Profit  Organization 

U.S.  Postage 

Paid 

Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 

Permit  No.  1103